Renault 2009 CLIO Specifications

8
Electrical equipment
80A
BATTERY
80B
HEADLIGHTS
81A
REAR LIGHTING
81B
INTERIOR LIGHTING
81C
FUSES
82A
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
82B
HORN
83A
INSTRUMENT PANEL
83C
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
83D
CRUISE CONTROL
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
X85
JULY 2009
"The repair procedures given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the
technical specifications current when it was prepared.
The procedures may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in
the production of the various component units and accessories from which the vehicles are
constructed".
EDITION ANGLAISE
All rights reserved by Renault.
Copying or translating, in part or in full, of this document or use of the service part reference
numbering system is forbidden without the prior written authority of Renault.
© Renault s.a.s 2007
85A
WIPING - WASHING
86A
RADIO
86B
CAR PHONE
87B
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION
UNIT
87C
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
87D
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
87F
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
87G
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
88A
WIRING HARNESS
88C
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
88D
DRIVER'S POSITION
X85
JULY 2009
"The repair procedures given by the manufacturer in this document are based on the
technical specifications current when it was prepared.
The procedures may be modified as a result of changes introduced by the manufacturer in
the production of the various component units and accessories from which the vehicles are
constructed".
EDITION ANGLAISE
All rights reserved by Renault.
Copying or translating, in part or in full, of this document or use of the service part reference
numbering system is forbidden without the prior written authority of Renault.
© Renault s.a.s 2007
CLIO III - Section 8
CLIO III - Section 8ContentsPages
Contents
Pages
80A
Battery: Removal - Refitting
80A-1
Battery: Precautions for the
repair
80A-4
Battery tray: Removal Refitting
80B
80B
BATTERY
80A-5
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight beam adjustment
rear sensor: Removal Refitting
80B-37
Xenon headlight high voltage
unit: Removal - Refitting
80B-38
Front lighting computer:
Removal - Refitting
80B-40
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and
location of components
81A
REAR LIGHTING
80B-1
Rear lighting: List and
location of components
81A-1
80B-9
Rear wing light: Removal Refitting
81A-5
Headlight bulb: Removal Refitting
80B-17
Rear light bulb: Removal Refitting
81A-7
Front fog light bulb: Removal
- Refitting
80B-27
3rd brake light: Removal Refitting
81A-10
Front fog light: Removal Refitting
80B-28
High level brake light bulb:
Removal - Refitting
81A-12
Side indicator: Removal Refitting
80B-30
Rear fog lights: Removal Refitting
81A-14
Number plate light: Removal
- Refitting
81A-16
Headlight: Removal Refitting
80B-7
Headlight: Adjustment
Remote headlight beam
adjustment actuator:
Removal - Refitting
80B-31
Headlight beam adjustment
front sensor: Removal Refitting
80B-35
Contents
81B
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Interior lighting: Function
81C
81B-1
HORN
Audible warning: Removal Refitting
82B-1
Interior lighting: List and
location of components
81B-3
Interior light: Removal Refitting
81B-5
Courtesy light: Removal Refitting
81B-6
Clock: Before/after repair
procedure
83A-1
Lower door light: Removal Refitting
81B-7
Instrument panel: Removal Refitting
83A-3
Storage compartment light:
Removal - Refitting
81B-8
Instrument panel: Before/
after repair procedure
83A-4
Luggage compartment light:
Removal - Refitting
81B-9
Vehicle speed management
unit: Removal - Refitting
83A-5
FUSES
Fuses: List and location of
components
82A
82B
83A
83C
81C-1
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Immobiliser system: List and
location of components
Starting aerial: Removal Refitting
Ignition switch: Removal Refitting
82A-1
82A-5
82A-9
Transponder ring: Removal Refitting
82A-13
Start button: Removal Refitting
82A-16
Electric steering column lock:
Removal - Refitting
82A-18
Battery for remote door
locking control: Removal Refitting
82A-21
Card reader: Removal Refitting
82A-23
83D
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation: List and location
of components
83C-1
Radio navigation: Removal Refitting
83C-3
Navigation computer:
Removal - Refitting
83C-4
Multimedia network interface
unit: Removal - Refitting
83C-7
Navigation screen: Removal
- Refitting
83C-10
Navigation aerial: Removal Refitting
83C-11
CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise control - speed
limiter: List and location of
components
83D-1
Switch: Removal - Refitting
83D-2
Contents
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Rotary switch: Removal Refitting
Steering column switch
assembly: List and location
of components
84A-1
84A-2
WIPING - WASHING
Rain and light sensor:
Removal - Refitting
85A-5
Windscreen wiper blade:
Removal - Refitting
85A-7
Windscreen wiper arm:
Removal - Refitting
85A-8
Steering column switch
assembly: Removal Refitting
84A-4
Wiping arm: Removal Refitting
85A-9
Screen wiper switch:
Removal - Refitting
84A-8
Signals and lighting switch:
Removal - Refitting
Windscreen wiper
mechanism: Removal Refitting
85A-10
84A-9
Windscreen wiper motor:
Removal - Refitting
85A-13
Rear screen wiper motor:
Removal - Refitting
85A-15
Gear selector on the steering
wheel: Removal - Refitting
84A-11
Hazard warning lights and
central door control:
Removal - Refitting
84A-14
Screen washer pump:
Removal - Refitting
85A-17
ESP inhibitor switch:
Removal - Refitting
84A-16
Headlight washer pump:
Removal - Refitting
85A-18
84A-17
Headlight washer jet:
Removal - Refitting
85A-19
84A-18
Rear screen wiper arm:
Removal - Refitting
85A-20
Windscreen washer
reservoir: Removal - Refitting
85A-22
Remote headlight beam
adjustment control: Removal
- Refitting
Lighting dimmer: Removal Refitting
Exterior rear view mirror
control switch: Removal Refitting
84A-19
Heated rear screen: Repair
84A-20
Heated seat pad switch:
Removal - Refitting
Driving school repeater
electrical control unit:
Removal - Refitting
85A
85A
86A
84A-22
84A-24
WIPING - WASHING
Wiping and washing: List and
location of components
Wiping and washing:
Function
RADIO
85A-1
85A-4
Radio: List and location of
components
86A-1
Radio: Before/after repair
procedure
86A-5
Radio: Removal - Refitting
86A-8
Radio aerial: Removal Refitting
86A-11
Tweeter: Removal - Refitting
86A-13
Front speakers: Removal Refitting
86A-14
Contents
86A
Rear speakers: Removal Refitting
86A-15
Display: Removal - Refitting
86A-18
Radio control satellite:
Removal - Refitting
86A-19
Receiver: Removal - Refitting
86A-20
Offset multimedia socket:
Removal - Refitting
Offset multimedia socket
computer: Removal Refitting
86B
87D
RADIO
86A-21
86A-23
CAR PHONE
Car phone: List and location
of components
87B
Computer: Removal Refitting
86B-3
"Hands-free" microphone:
Removal - Refitting
86B-4
87F
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87C
86B-1
Electric window: List and
location of components
87D-1
Front electric window
switches on driver's door:
Removal - Refitting
87D-3
Front electric window switch
on passenger door: Removal
- Refitting
87D-4
Rear electric window switch:
Removal - Refitting
87D-5
Child safety switch: Removal
- Refitting
87D-6
Electric sunroof: List and
location of components
87D-7
Sunroof opening motor:
Removal - Refitting
87D-8
Sunroof opening control:
Removal - Refitting
87D-10
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control: List
and location of components
87F-1
Parking distance control
switch: Removal - Refitting
87F-3
Parking distance control
buzzer: Removal - Refitting
87F-5
Parking distance control
computer: Removal Refitting
87F-6
Proximity radar: Removal Refitting
87F-7
87B-1
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Opening elements
management: List and
location of components
87C-1
Tailgate opening switch:
Removal - Refitting
87C-5
Tailgate locking switch:
Removal - Refitting
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
87G
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CONNECTION
UNIT
87C-6
Protection and Switching
Unit: Removal - Refitting
Fuel filler flap locking motor:
Removal - Refitting
87C-8
Opening aerial: Removal Refitting
87C-9
87G-1
Contents
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Headlining wiring: Removal Refitting
Computers: List and location
of components
Diagnostic socket: List and
location of components
Wiring: Precautions for the
repair
Front bumper wiring:
Connector access
Front bumper wiring:
Removal - Refitting
Front left-hand wiring:
Connector access
Front left-hand wiring:
Removal - Refitting
Engine wiring: Connector
access
Engine wiring: Removal Refitting
Dashboard wiring: Connector
access
Dashboard wiring: Removal Refitting
Driver's front side door
wiring: Removal - Refitting
Passenger's front side door
wiring: Removal - Refitting
Rear right-hand side door
wiring: Removal - Refitting
88C
88A-1
88A-2
88A-4
88A-5
88A-6
88A-8
88A-10
88A-16
88A-30
88A-44
88A-78
88A-88
88A-108
88A-112
88A-116
Rear left-hand side door
wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A-119
Rear wiring: Connector
access
88A-122
Rear wiring: Removal Refitting
88A-134
Rear bumper wiring:
Connector access
88A-154
Rear bumper wiring:
Removal - Refitting
88A-155
88D
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners:
List and location of
components
88C-1
Airbag and pretensioners:
Precautions for the repair
88C-6
Airbags and pretensioners:
Recycling - Destruction
88C-7
Airbag computer: Removal Refitting
88C-9
Inhibitor switch: Removal Refitting
88C-11
Seat runner switch: Removal
- Refitting
88C-12
Front lap belt pretensioner:
Removal - Refitting
88C-13
Front pyrotechnic inertia reel:
Removal - Refitting
88C-16
Rear pyrotechnic inertia reel:
Removal - Refitting
88C-20
Driver's frontal airbag:
Removal - Refitting
88C-22
Passenger's frontal airbag:
Removal - Refitting
88C-26
Front (chest-level) side
airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C-29
Side curtain airbag: Removal
- Refitting
88C-31
Anti-submarining airbag:
Removal - Refitting
88C-34
Side impact sensor: Removal
- Refitting
88C-36
DRIVER'S POSITION
Cigarette lighter: Removal Refitting
88D-1
BATTERY
Battery: Removal - Refitting
K4J or K4M or M4R
Tightening torquesm
positive battery terminal
nut
battery bracket nut
80A
6 N.m
12 N.m
fuse holder nuts
6 N.m
negative battery terminal nut
6 N.m
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Precautions for
the repair, page 80A-4) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
112214
a Remove the air resonator by pressing the clip (1) .
WARNING
Before disconnecting the battery:
- wait for the motor-driven fan assembly to stop,
- wait for the computer to finish saving (1
minute).
WARNING
The visual indicator cannot be considered reliable in After-Sales; do not use it to determine the
state of the battery.
112215
a Remove the large part of the battery cover (2) .
80A-1
BATTERY
Battery: Removal - Refitting
80A
2 - REMOVAL
112216
a Remove the small part of the battery cover (3) .
127361
a Remove the nuts (5) from the protective fuse holder.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the charge terminal (6) .
a Disconnect the protective fuse holder.
1 - DISCONNECTING
a Unclip the degassing pipe (7) .
a Remove:
- the nut from the battery bracket,
- the battery bracket (8) ,
- the battery.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Check the battery (see Battery: Check) (80A, Battery).
a In the event of a replacement, remove the positive
battery terminal.
112217
a Remove the negative battery terminal (4) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
1 - REPLACEMENT
a Undo the positive battery terminal.
a Push the positive battery terminal fully onto the battery terminal post.
80A-2
BATTERY
Battery: Removal - Refitting
a Torque tighten the positive battery terminal nut (6
N.m).
80A
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip:
- the small part of the battery housing,
WARNING
- the large part of the battery housing.
Poor contact may cause starting or charging
faults, create sparks and cause the battery to
explode.
K4J or K4M or M4R
(see 80A, Battery, Battery: Precautions for the
repair, page 80A-4) .
2 - REFITTING
a Fit the battery into its housing, placing it as close as
possible to the engine side.
a Refit the battery bracket.
a Refit the air resonator.
a When refitting the battery or each time it is disconnected, carry out a certain number of operations,
without using the diagnostic tool, so that the vehicle
can operate correctly (see Battery: Initialisation)
(80A, Battery).
a Tighten to torque the battery bracket nut (12 N.m).
a Connect the degassing pipe to the battery.
a Connect the protective fuse holder to the positive
battery terminal.
a Position the charge terminal on the positive terminal
studs.
a Fit the protective fuse holder against the battery heat
shield while securing.
a Torque tighten the fuse holder nuts (6 N.m).
WARNING
Poor contact may cause starting or charging
faults, create sparks and cause the battery to
explode.
(see 80A, Battery, Battery: Precautions for the
repair, page 80A-4)
3 - CONNECTION
a Loosen the negative battery terminal.
a Push the negative battery terminal fully onto the battery terminal post.
a Torque tighten the negative battery terminal nut (6
N.m).
WARNING
Poor contact may cause starting or charging
faults, create sparks and cause the battery to
explode.
(see 80A, Battery, Battery: Precautions for the
repair, page 80A-4) .
80A-3
BATTERY
Battery: Precautions for the repair
80A
I - SAFETY
IMPORTANT
1 - DANGER: RISK FROM ACID LINKED TO
HANDLING
To avoid all risk of sparks, ensure that all electrical
consumers are fully switched off.
Sulphuric acid is a highly aggressive and toxic substance which corrodes most metals.
When a battery is being charged inside a building,
switch off the charger before connecting or disconnecting the battery.
When handling batteries, it is very important to take the
following precautions:
Do not place any metallic items on the battery as
this may create a short circuit across the terminals.
- protect your eyes by wearing goggles,
Never hold a naked flame, welding gun, blowtorch,
cigarette or lighted match near to a battery.
- wear acid-proof gloves and clothing.
II - GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS
IMPORTANT
A battery contains sulphuric acid, a dangerous substance.
WARNING
If acid splashes on to your clothing, rinse all contaminated areas thoroughly in water.
These vehicles are equipped with a battery with low
water consumption. Topping up the electrolyte is
therefore prohibited.
If it comes into contact with the skin or eyes, seek
medical attention.
WARNING
2 - DANGER: RISK OF EXPLOSION LINKED TO
CHARGING AND TO INCORRECT TIGHTENING OF
THE TERMINALS.
Before disconnecting the battery:
- wait for the motor-driven fan assembly to stop,
- wait for the computer to finish saving (1 minute).
IMPORTANT
To prevent damaging the battery or even causing it
to explode, do not place any heat sources or create
any sparks near a charging battery.
WARNING
Some vehicles are only fitted with « TB » (low
height) batteries. To avoid damaging the bonnet,
only refit a battery which is identical to the battery
originally fitted.
WARNING
Incorrect tightening could cause heating of contacts, starting or charging faults, sparking, or could
cause the battery to explode.
When a battery is charging, oxygen and hydrogen are
produced. The mixture of these two gases is explosive.
The smallest of sparks or heat sources can cause an
explosion. The explosion is so strong that the battery
can shatter and spray the acid into the surrounding atmosphere.
People nearby are at risk (exploded fragments, acid
splashes). Acid splashes are dangerous. They also
damage clothing.
Safeguarding against the danger of explosion, which
can be caused by handling a battery carelessly, must
be taken very seriously.
80A-4
BATTERY
Battery tray: Removal - Refitting
80A
Tightening torquesm
bolts (M8) of the battery
base shield
21 Nm
bolt (M6) of the battery
base shield
8 Nm
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
108191
a Unclip the battery protective tray at (3) .
108190
a Unclip the power feed fuse board support (1) .
a Remove the power feed fuse board support (2) .
112218
a Keep the fuse board support away (4) .
a Move away the battery protective shield (5) and (6) .
a Remove the battery protective shield.
a Remove the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture).
80A-5
BATTERY
Battery tray: Removal - Refitting
108262
a Remove:
- the battery base shield bolts (7) (M8),
- the battery base shield bolt (8) (M6).
a Unclip the harness attached to the battery base
shield.
a Remove the battery base shield.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the battery base shield and the mounting bolts.
a Torque tighten:
- the bolts (M8) of the battery base shield (21
Nm),
- the bolt (M6) of the battery base shield (8 Nm).
a Refit the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture).
a Clip in place
- the battery protective tray,
- the power supply fuse board support.
a Refit the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
80A-6
80A
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and location of components
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
II - POSITION OF THE COMPONENTS
The front lighting consists of:
Headlight
- headlights (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7)
- halogen bulbs (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight
bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-17)
- headlight beam adjustment actuator (see 80B, Headlights, Remote headlight beam adjustment actuator: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-31)
- side indicators (see 80B, Headlights, Side indicator: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-30)
FOG LIGHTS
- front fog lights (see 80B, Headlights, Front fog
light: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-28)
- front fog lights bulbs (see 80B, Headlights, Front fog
light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-27)
112004
Halogen bulbs
DISCHARGE LAMPS
- xenon bulbs (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight bulb:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-17)
- a headlight beam adjustment front sensor (see 80B,
Headlights, Headlight beam adjustment front sensor: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-35)
- a headlight beam adjustment rear sensor (see 80B,
Headlights, Headlight beam adjustment rear sensor: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-37)
- xenon headlights high voltage unit (see 80B, Headlights, Xenon headlight high voltage unit: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-38)
- a front lighting computer (see 80B, Headlights, Front
lighting computer: Removal - Refitting, page 80B40)
80B-1
112960
(1)
Direction indicator bulb
(2)
Side light bulbs
(3)
Main beam headlight bulbs
(4)
Additional cornering light bulb
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and location of components
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
FOG LIGHTS
WITHOUT DISCHARGE LAMPS
Front fog light
Halogen bulb (dipped beam headlight)
112961
Beam adjustment actuator
112227
Front fog light bulb
112960
Side indicator
112227
111962
80B-2
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and location of components
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
Headlight adjustment rear sensor
DISCHARGE LAMPS
Xenon bulb (dipped beam headlight)
115044
115052
Headlight adjustment front sensor
Xenon headlight high voltage unit
115061
115046
80B-3
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and location of components
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
Front lighting computer
113503
80B-4
80B
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and location of components
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
Halogen bulbs (without additional cornering light)
The front lighting consists of:
- headlights (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7)
- halogen bulbs (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight
bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-17)
- headlight beam adjustment actuators (see 80B,
Headlights, Remote headlight beam adjustment
actuator: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-31)
- side indicators (see 80B, Headlights, Side indicator: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-30)
141254
FOG LIGHTS
- front fog light (see 80B, Headlights, Front fog light:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-28)
- front fog lights bulbs (see 80B, Headlights, Front fog
light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-27)
(1)
Direction indicator bulb
(2)
Side light bulbs
(3)
Main beam headlight bulbs
(4)
Dipped beam headlight bulb
Halogen bulbs (with additional cornering light)
II - POSITION OF THE COMPONENTS
Headlight
139595
139582
80B-5
(1)
Direction indicator bulb
(2)
Side light bulbs
(3)
Main beam headlight bulbs
(4)
Dipped beam headlight bulb
(5)
Additional cornering light bulb
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting: List and location of components
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
Headlight beam adjustment actuator
FOG LIGHTS
Front fog light
139596
Side indicator
139583
Front fog light bulb
139593
139619
80B-6
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Removal - Refitting
80B
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
DISCHARGE LAMPS, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 1
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
a
IMPORTANT
To prevent eye injuries:
- do not look at a xenon bulb when lit (voltage
when lit 20000 V),
- do not light a bulb which has not been fitted into
its headlight.
IMPORTANT
To prevent burns, wait until the « computers power unit » assemblies are cold before removal.
REMOVAL
112003
a Remove the upper bolts (1) from the headlight.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
DISCHARGE LAMPS, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 1
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove:
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
112004
a Remove:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).
80B-7
- the headlight lower bolt (2) ,
- the plastic rivet (3) .
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Removal - Refitting
80B
REFITTING
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the headlight connectors
a Refit the headlight.
II - FINAL OPERATION
DISCHARGE LAMPS, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 1
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Adjust the headlights (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight: Adjustment, page 80B-9) .
a Refit:
139588
a Remove the upper bolts (4) from the headlight.
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
139587
a Remove the lower bolts (5) from the headlight.
a Remove the headlight.
a Disconnect the headlight connectors.
a Remove the headlight.
80B-8
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
Equipment required
WITHOUT DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Place the headlight adjustment and checking
tool adjusted to -1% in front of the vehicle.
headlight adjustment and checking tool
ADJUSTMENT
DISCHARGE LAMPS
I - PREPARATION OPERATION FOR CHECK
a Place the vehicle in a working area equipped with a
two-post lift.
Note:
a Place the headlight adjustment and checking
tool adjusted to -1.3% in front of the vehicle.
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool, check the headlight beam adjustment.
Check that the lift is on flat, horizontal ground.
a Do not apply the parking brake.
III - ADJUSTMENT OPERATION
a Check and inflate the tyres to the recommended
pressure (see Tyre pressure: Identification) (35A,
Wheels and tyres).
1 - Left-hand headlight
a Open the bonnet.
a Raise the vehicle (see Vehicle: Towing and lifting)
(02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
a Check:
- the front left-hand wheel (see Wheel: Removal Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres),
- that the luggage compartment is empty,
- the front section of the front left-hand wheel arch
liner (see Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).
- that the headlights are clean.
Note:
a Refit the front left-hand wheel (see Wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres).
Do not get into the vehicle throughout the operation.
a Lower the vehicle.
a Position the vehicle back on the ground.
a Compress the suspension.
WITHOUT DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Position the headlight beam remote adjustment control on 0.
a Switch on the dipped headlights.
II - TEST OPERATION
a
WARNING
Consult the device's operating manual to avoid
incorrect use.
80B-9
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
112960
117449
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool :
- perform lateral adjustment of the headlight using
the screw (2) ,
- perform the beam adjustment using the screw located above the headlight (1) .
117452
80B-10
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
2 - Right-hand headlight
a Raise the vehicle (see Vehicle: Towing and lifting)
(02A, Lifting equipment).
JAPAN SPECIAL FEATURES
a Remove:
- the front right-hand wheel (see Wheel: Removal Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front section of the front right-hand wheel arch
liner (see Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).
117450
117453
a Move aside the washer fluid pump electrical wiring
(5) to access the lateral adjustment screw.
a Refit the front right-hand wheel (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres).
a Lower the vehicle.
a Position the vehicle back on the ground.
a Compress the suspension.
111994
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool :
- perform lateral adjustment of the headlight using
the screw (3) ,
- perform the beam adjustment using the screw located above the headlight (4) .
80B-11
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
117352
117449
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool :
- perform lateral adjustment of the headlight using
the screw (6) ,
- perform the beam adjustment using the screw located above the headlight (7) .
JAPAN SPECIAL FEATURES
117454
117451
a Move aside the washer fluid pump electrical wiring
(8) to access the adjustment screw.
80B-12
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
117449
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool :
- perform lateral adjustment of the headlight using
the screw (9) ,
- perform the beam adjustment using the screw located above the headlight (10) .
IV - FINAL OPERATION
a Raise the vehicle.
a Remove the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres).
a Refit:
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
a Lower the vehicle.
a Close the bonnet.
80B-13
80B
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
a Remove:
Equipment required
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
headlight adjustment and checking tool
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection).
ADJUSTMENT
a Refit the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres).
I - PREPARATION OPERATION FOR CHECK
a Place the vehicle in a working area equipped with a
two-post lift.
a Lower the vehicle.
a Position the vehicle back on the ground.
a Compress the suspension.
Note:
Check that the lift is on flat, horizontal ground.
a Do not apply the parking brake.
a Check and inflate the tyres to the recommended
pressure (see Tyre pressure: Identification) (35A,
Wheels and tyres).
a Open the bonnet.
a Check:
- that the luggage compartment is empty,
- that the headlights are clean.
Note:
Do not get into the vehicle throughout the operation.
a Position the headlight beam remote adjustment control on 0.
a Switch on the dipped headlights.
II - TEST OPERATION
a
WARNING
Consult the device's operating manual to avoid
incorrect use.
a Place the headlight adjustment and checking
tool adjusted to -1% in front of the vehicle.
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool, check the headlight beam adjustment.
III - ADJUSTMENT OPERATION
a Raise the vehicle (see Vehicle: Towing and lifting)
(02A, Lifting equipment).
80B-14
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
1 - Left-hand headlight
139625
139592
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool :
- perform lateral adjustment of the headlight using
the screw (1) ,
- perform the beam adjustment using the screw located above the headlight (2) .
2 - Right-hand headlight
117452
117453
a Move aside the washer fluid pump wiring (3) to access the lateral adjustment screw.
80B-15
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight: Adjustment
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
139624
139623
a Using the headlight adjustment and checking
tool :
- perform lateral adjustment of the headlight using
the screw (5) ,
- perform the beam adjustment using the screw located above the headlight (4) .
IV - FINAL OPERATION
a Raise the vehicle.
a Remove the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal Refitting) (35A, Wheels and tyres).
117454
a Refit:
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
a Lower the vehicle.
80B-16
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
REMOVAL
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
DISCHARGE LAMPS
1 - Direction indicator bulb
a
IMPORTANT
To prevent eye injuries:
- do not look at a xenon bulb when lit (voltage
when lit 20000 V),
- do not light a bulb which has not been fitted into
its headlight.
IMPORTANT
To prevent burns, wait until the « computers power unit » assemblies are cold before removal.
112959
a Unlock the bulb holder (1) by turning it a quarter of a
turn anti-clockwise.
a Remove the direction indicator bulb from the bulb
holder.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Switch off the ignition.
2 - Side light bulbs
The side light bulbs, dipped headlight bulbs, main
beam headlight bulbs and additional cornering
light bulbs require removal of the headlight
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
112962
a Remove the sealing cover (2) .
a Remove:
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
80B-17
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
112961
112961
a Unclip the bulb holder from the side light bulb at (3) .
a Disconnect the connector from the main beam headlight bulb.
a Remove the side light bulb from the bulb holder.
a Unlock the clip (5) of the main beam headlight bulb.
a Remove the main beam headlight bulb.
3 - Main beam headlight bulbs
4 - Dipped beam headlight bulb
112962
a Remove the sealing cover (4) .
112962
a Remove the sealing cover (6) .
80B-18
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
WITHOUT DISCHARGE LAMPS
115043
112961
a Unclip the clip (9) from the dipped beam headlight
bulb.
a Disconnect the connector from the dipped beam
headlight bulb.
WARNING
a Unclip the clip of the dipped beam headlight bulb at
(7) .
To prevent any breakages, handle the bulb by its
base. If you should touch the glass, clean it with
alcohol and a lint-free cloth.
a Remove the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Remove the dipped beam headlight bulb.
DISCHARGE LAMPS
5 - Additional cornering light bulb
115044
a Remove the condenser (8) by turning it 45 degrees
anti-clockwise.
112960
a Remove the sealing cover (10) .
80B-19
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
DISCHARGE LAMPS
112959
a Disconnect the connector from the additional cornering light bulb.
a Unlock the clip of the additional cornering light bulb
at (11) .
a Remove the additional cornering light bulb.
12398
REFITTING
a
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
WARNING
a
To prevent any breakages, handle the bulb by its
base. If you should touch the glass, clean it with
alcohol and a lint-free cloth.
Note:
When replacing a bulb, only use approved bulbs.
WARNING
The bulb must be handled with care.
The external conductor (12) is very fragile and
must not be damaged.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
1 - Direction indicator bulb
a Refit the direction indicator bulb on the bulb holder.
a Lock the bulb holder by turning it a quarter of turn
clockwise.
2 - Side light bulbs
a Refit the side light bulb on the bulb holder.
a Clip the side light bulb holder onto the headlight.
a Refit the sealing cover.
80B-20
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
a Adjust the headlights (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight: Adjustment, page 80B-9) .
3 - Main beam headlight bulbs
a Refit the main beam headlight bulb.
a Refit:
a Lock the clip of the main beam headlight bulb.
a Connect the connector of the main beam headlight
bulb.
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
a Refit the sealing cover.
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
4 - Dipped beam headlight bulb
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
WITHOUT DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Refit the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Fasten the clip on the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Connect the connector to the dipped beam headlight
bulb.
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Refit the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Fasten the clip on the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Refit the capacitor by turning it an eighth of a turn
clockwise.
a Refit the sealing cover.
5 - Additional cornering light bulb
a Refit the additional cornering light bulb.
a Lock the clip of the additional cornering light bulb.
a Connect the connector of the additional cornering
light bulb.
a Refit the sealing cover.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight: Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
a Lower the vehicle.
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
80B-21
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
REMOVAL
a
Note:
Do not remove the headlight to replace the bulbs.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Switch off the ignition.
F4R
For the left-hand headlight bulbs
142248
a Remove the soundproofing unit nuts (3) .
a Move aside the soundproofing unit.
142247
a Disconnect the vacuum pipe (1) of the soundproofing unit control solenoid valve (2) .
80B-22
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - Direction indicator bulb
139598
a Unclip:
- the bulb holder (6) from the headlight,
- the side light bulb from the bulb holder.
139594
a Unlock the bulb holder (4) by turning it a quarter of a
turn anti-clockwise.
3 - Main beam headlight bulbs
a Remove the direction indicator bulb from the bulb
holder.
2 - Side light bulb
139595
a Remove the sealing cover (7) .
139595
a Remove the sealing cover (5) .
80B-23
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
141253
a Unclip the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Disconnect the connector (11) from the dipped
beam headlight bulb.
139597
a Unclip the main beam headlight bulb (8) .
a Remove the dipped beam headlight bulb.
b - Halogen headlight with additional cornering
light
a Remove the main beam headlight bulb.
a Disconnect the connector (9) from the main beam
headlight bulb.
4 - Dipped beam headlight bulb
a - Halogen headlight without additional cornering
light
139595
a Remove the sealing cover (12) .
141254
a Remove the sealing cover (10) .
80B-24
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
139600
a Disconnect the connector (1 3) from the dipped
beam headlight bulb.
a Unlock the clip (14) from the dipped beam headlight
bulb.
a Remove the dipped beam headlight bulb.
139599
a Unclip the additional cornering light bulb (16) .
a Remove the additional cornering light bulb.
a Disconnect the connector (17) from the additional
cornering light bulb.
REFITTING
5 - Additional cornering light bulb
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a
Note:
If the bulbs are changed, only use approved
bulbs.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
1 - Direction indicator bulb
139595
a Remove the sealing cover (15) .
a Refit the direction indicator bulb on the bulb holder.
a Lock the bulb holder by turning it a quarter of turn
clockwise.
2 - Side light bulb
a Clip on:
- the side light bulb onto the bulb holder,
- the side light bulb holder onto the headlight.
a Refit the sealing cover.
80B-25
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight bulb: Removal - Refitting
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
3 - Main beam headlight bulbs
a Connect the connector to the main beam headlight
bulb.
a Refit:
- the main beam headlight bulb by clipping it onto the
headlight,
- the sealing cover.
4 - Dipped beam headlight bulb
a - Halogen headlight without additional cornering
light
a Refit the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Connect the connector of the dipped beam headlight.
a Refit the sealing cover.
b - Halogen headlight with additional cornering
light
a Refit the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Fasten the clip on the dipped beam headlight bulb.
a Connect the connector to the dipped beam headlight
bulb.
a Refit the sealing cover.
5 - Additional cornering light bulb
a Connect the connector of the additional cornering
light bulb.
a Refit:
- the additional cornering light bulb by clipping it onto
the headlight,
- the sealing cover.
III - FINAL OPERATION
F4R
a Fit the soundproofing unit in place.
a Refit the soundproofing unit nuts.
a Connect the vacuum pipe of the soundproofing unit
control solenoid valve.
80B-26
80B
HEADLIGHTS
Front fog light bulb: Removal - Refitting
80B
FOG LIGHTS
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Raise the vehicle.
139619
a Remove the front fog light bulb (3) anti-clockwise.
REFITTING
139851
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a
a Unclip the access flap (1) .
Note:
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
When replacing a bulb, only use approved bulbs.
a Refit the front fog light bulb clockwise.
a Connect the front fog light connector.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip on the access flap.
a Lower the vehicle.
139620
a Disconnect the front fog light connector (2) .
80B-27
HEADLIGHTS
Front fog light: Removal - Refitting
80B
FOG LIGHTS
REMOVAL
- the fog light bolts.
a Connect the connector.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
a Remove:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection).
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
113499
112227
a Adjust the fog lights using a screwdriver.
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the fog light.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a To replace a bulb, use an approved bulb.
a Refit:
- the fog light,
80B-28
HEADLIGHTS
Front fog light: Removal - Refitting
FOG LIGHTS
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
139850
a Adjust the fog lights using a screwdriver.
80B-29
80B
HEADLIGHTS
Side indicator: Removal - Refitting
80B
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
139627
a Remove:
- the side indicator (2) from the bulb holder (3) ,
- the bulb from the bulb holder.
REFITTING
139626
a Unclip the side indicator (1) by inserting the tool
(Car. 1363) from underneath.
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a
Note:
If the bulbs are changed, use approved bulbs.
a Refit:
- the bulb onto the side indicator bulb holder,
- the side indicator on the bulb holder.
a Clip the side indicator onto the front side door.
80B-30
HEADLIGHTS
Remote headlight beam adjustment actuator: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a
IMPORTANT
To prevent burns, wait until the « computers power unit » assemblies are cold before removal.
IMPORTANT
To prevent eye injuries:
- do not look at a xenon bulb when lit (voltage
when lit 20000 V),
- do not light a bulb which has not been fitted into
its headlight.
115041
a Press on (1) .
REMOVAL
a Unclip the actuator (2) by rotating it a quarter of a
turn clockwise while pressing the clip (3) .
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the actuator by unclipping the actuator ball
joint from the clip groove.
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove:
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
80B-31
HEADLIGHTS
Remote headlight beam adjustment actuator: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
REFITTING
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
- the sealing cover,
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
a Lower the vehicle.
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Adjust the headlight beam (see 80B, Headlights,
Headlight: Adjustment, page 80B-9) .
a Refit:
112960
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
115045
a Remove the sealing cover (4) .
a Pull the reflector shell (headlight lens unit) towards
you to bring the clip groove as close as possible to
the ball joint.
a Insert the ball joint into clip groove (5)
Note:
The ball joint should not just be in contact with
the groove, it should be fitted into it.
a Clip in the actuator.
80B-32
HEADLIGHTS
Remote headlight beam adjustment actuator: Removal - Refitting
80B
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove:
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
141043
a Remove the sealing cover (3) .
a Pull the reflector shell to bring the clip groove as
close as possible to the ball joint of the beam adjustment actuator.
a Fit the beam adjustment actuator ball joint in the clip
groove (4) .
Note:
The ball joint should not just be in contact with
the groove, it should be fitted into it.
a Clip the beam adjustment actuator by turning it a
quarter of a turn anti-clockwise.
139596
a Press on (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Unclip the beam adjustment actuator (2) by turning it
a quarter of a turn clockwise.
a Refit:
- the sealing cover,
a Remove the beam adjustment actuator by unclipping the ball joint from the clip groove.
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
a Adjust the headlight beam (see 80B, Headlights,
Headlight: Adjustment, page 80B-9) .
a Refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (55A, Exterior protection),
80B-33
HEADLIGHTS
Remote headlight beam adjustment actuator: Removal - Refitting
DOCUMENTATION PHASE 2
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting)
(55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(35A, Wheels and tyres).
80B-34
80B
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight beam adjustment front sensor: Removal - Refitting
80B
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Remove:
Equipment required
- the front wheels (see Wheel: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 35A, Wheels and tyres),
Diagnostic tool
- the front axle subframe (see Front axle subframe:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 31A, Front axle
components).
Tightening torquesm
steering box bolt
105 N.m
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a lift (see Vehicle: Towing
and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
EQUIPMENT LEVEL EA1 or EQUIPMENT LEVEL
EA2 or EQUIPMENT LEVEL EA3 or EQUIPMENT
LEVEL EA4 or EQUIPMENT LEVEL EA5
115062
a Remove the nut (1) from the height sensor support.
a Undo the linkage bolt (2) .
a Disconnect the height sensor connector.
a Remove the height sensor.
80B-35
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight beam adjustment front sensor: Removal - Refitting
80B
DISCHARGE LAMPS
EQUIPMENT LEVEL SPORT
EQUIPMENT LEVEL SPORT
a Fit the headlight beam adjustment front sensor with
its mounting.
a Refit the steering box bolt.
a Clip the ball joint onto the bracket.
a Torque tighten the steering box bolt (105 N.m).
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the front wheels (see Vehicle: Towing and lifting)
(MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment),
- the front axle subframe (see Front axle subframe:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 31A, Front axle
components).
122110
a Remove the steering box bolt (3) .
a Unclip the bracket ball joint (4) .
a If replacing the headlight beam adjustment front
sensor, carry out the necessary operations using the
Diagnostic tool (see MR 394 Fault finding, 80B,
Headlights, Fault finding - Replacement of components).
a Remove the headlight beam adjustment front sensor
with its mounting (5) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
EQUIPMENT LEVEL EA1 or EQUIPMENT LEVEL
EA2 or EQUIPMENT LEVEL EA3 or EQUIPMENT
LEVEL EA4 or EQUIPMENT LEVEL EA5
a Refit the headlight beam adjustment front sensor.
a Refit the linkage on the flat surface of the anti-roll
bar.
a Refit the bolt of the height sensor support.
a Retighten the linkage bolt.
a Connect the headlight beam adjustment front sensor
connector.
80B-36
HEADLIGHTS
Headlight beam adjustment rear sensor: Removal - Refitting
80B
REFITTING
Equipment required
I - REFITTING PREPARATIONS OPERATION
Diagnostic tool
a
WARNING
Tightening torquesm
rear height sensor support mounting bolts
The headlight beam adjustment sensor clip is
very fragile. If the clip breaks during the removal
operation, the whole headlight beam adjustment
sensor must be replaced.
8 Nm
REMOVAL
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR392, 02, Lifting equipment).
a Refit the rear height sensor with its support.
a Connect the rear height sensor.
a Refit the rear height sensor support mounting bolt.
a Torque tighten the rear height sensor support
mounting bolts (8 Nm).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on the return linkage clip.
a If replacing the rear height sensor, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components) (MR
394, 80B, Headlights).
115052
a Unlock the clip of the return linkage (1) .
a Remove the rear height sensor support mounting
bolt (2) .
a Disconnect the rear height sensor.
a Remove the rear height sensor with its support.
80B-37
HEADLIGHTS
Xenon headlight high voltage unit: Removal - Refitting
80B
Tightening torquesm
high voltage unit mounting bolts
12 Nm
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
- To prevent eye injuries, do not look at a xenon
bulb when lit (lighting voltage of 20,000 V).
- Wait until the « computer-power unit » assemblies have cooled before removing them.
- It is forbidden to switch on a xenon bulb if the
bulb is not fitted in the headlight (risk of serious
eye injury).
115047
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the headlight (see Xenon headlight: Removal - Refitting) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
115048
a
Note:
Locking the connector is a delicate operation.
a Disconnect the connector with caution (2) .
a Remove the high voltage unit.
115046
a Remove the mounting bolts from the high voltage
unit.
80B-38
HEADLIGHTS
Xenon headlight high voltage unit: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a
WARNING
The seal must be replaced when replacing the
high voltage unit.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the connectors.
Note:
Check that the connectors are locked correctly.
a Refit the high voltage unit with a new seal.
a Tighten to torque the high voltage unit mounting
bolts (12 Nm).
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the headlight (see Xenon headlight: Removal
- Refitting) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
80B-39
80B
HEADLIGHTS
Front lighting computer: Removal - Refitting
80B
DISCHARGE LAMPS
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
Note:
The computer controls the additional cornering
lights and the xenon bulbs (depending on the
vehicle equipment level).
113504
a Remove the nut (3) from the computer mounting.
a Withdraw the mounting.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Fit the computer support.
a Refit the computer.
a Connect the connectors.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a If replacing the discharge bulb computer, carry out
the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(MR 394, 80B, Headlights).
113503
a Disconnect the connectors (1) .
a Remove:
- the bolt (2) ,
- the computer.
80B-40
REAR LIGHTING
Rear lighting: List and location of components
81A
Rear light bulbs
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
The rear lighting is composed of:
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-5)
- rear light bulbs (see 81A, Rear lighting, Rear light
bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-7)
- a high-level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting, 3rd
brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-10)
- the rear fog lights (see 81A, Rear lighting, Rear fog
lights: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-14)
- the number plate lights (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Number plate light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A16)
II - LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 1
112447
Rear light on wing
(1)
Brake light and side light bulb
(2)
Reversing light bulb
(3)
Direction indicator bulb
(4)
Rear fog light bulb
High level brake light
121932
112421
81A-1
REAR LIGHTING
Rear lighting: List and location of components
81A
Rear fog light
K85, and DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
Rear lights on the wing
121932
Number plate lights
127402
Rear light bulbs
113331
127355
81A-2
(1)
Brake light and side light bulb
(2)
Direction indicator bulb
(3)
Reversing light bulb
REAR LIGHTING
Rear lighting: List and location of components
High level brake light
81A
Number plate lights
127402
127364
Rear fog lights
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 2
Rear lights on the wing
127402
139585
81A-3
REAR LIGHTING
Rear lighting: List and location of components
Rear light bulbs
81A
Rear fog lights
139584
(1)
Brake light and side light bulb
(2)
Reversing light bulb
(3)
Direction indicator bulb
139585
Number plate lights
High level brake light
113331
139586
81A-4
REAR LIGHTING
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting
81A
B85 or C85 or S85
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Open the luggage compartment.
112446
a Position the rear light on the wing using the centring
devices (2) .
a Refit the bolts for the rear light on the wing.
a Close the luggage compartment.
112415
a Remove the bolts from the rear wing light (1) .
a Remove the rear wing light.
a Disconnect the connector from the rear light on the
wing.
a Remove the rear light.
a If replacing the rear light, remove the bulbs (see
81A, Rear lighting, Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-7) .
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a If replacing the rear light, refit the bulbs (see 81A,
Rear lighting, Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-7) .
a Connect the connector for the rear light on the wing.
81A-5
REAR LIGHTING
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting
81A
K85
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Open the luggage compartment.
127351
a Position the rear light on the wing using the centring
devices (2) .
a Refit the bolts for the rear light on the wing.
a Close the luggage compartment.
127352
a Remove the bolts from the rear wing light (1) .
a Remove the rear wing light.
a Disconnect the connector from the rear light on the
wing.
a Remove the rear light.
a If replacing the rear light, remove the bulbs (see
81A, Rear lighting, Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-7) .
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a If replacing the rear light, refit the bulbs (see 81A,
Rear lighting, Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-7) .
a Connect the connector for the rear light on the wing.
81A-6
REAR LIGHTING
Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting
81A
REMOVAL
K85, and DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear light on the wing (see 81A, Rear
lighting, Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting,
page 81A-5) .
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 1
127351
a Unclip the bulb holder plate by pressing clips (4) and
(5) .
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 2
112446
a Unclip the bulb holder plate (1) by pressing clips (2)
and (3) .
139590
a Unclip the bulb holder plate by pressing on the clips
(6) .
a Remove the bulb holder plate.
81A-7
REAR LIGHTING
Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
81A
K85, and DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 1
127355
112447
(1)
Brake light and side light bulb
(2)
Reversing light bulb
(3)
Direction indicator bulb
(4)
Rear fog light bulb
(1)
Brake light and side light bulb
(2)
Direction indicator bulb
(3)
Reversing light bulb
a Remove the bulbs from the bulb holders.
Note:
a Remove the bulbs from the bulb holders.
The layout of bulbs is the same for both rear
lights.
Note:
The layout of bulbs is the same for both rear
lights.
81A-8
REAR LIGHTING
Rear light bulb: Removal - Refitting
a Refit the rear light on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting, Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page
81A-5) .
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 2
139584
(1)
Brake light and side light bulb
(2)
Reversing light bulb
(3)
Direction indicator bulb
81A
a Remove the bulbs from the bulb holders.
Note:
The layout of bulbs is the same for both rear
lights.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a
Note:
When replacing a bulb, only use approved bulbs.
a Refit the bulbs on the bulb holder plate.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip the bulb holder plate onto the rear light.
81A-9
REAR LIGHTING
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting
81A
B85 or C85 or S85
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112421
a Apply pressure to the clips (2) to unclip the high level
brake light.
112420
a Remove the blanking covers (1) .
a Partially remove the raised brake light using a flatblade screwdriver while protecting the tailgate area
with masking tape.
a Disconnect the connector (3) .
a Unclip the window washer jet by moving the clips (4)
.
a If replacing the high level brake light, remove the
bulb (see 81A, Rear lighting, High level brake
light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-12) .
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
112419
a Insert a screwdriver in the openings to move the
clips (2) .
a If replacing the high level brake light, refit the bulb
(see 81A, Rear lighting, High level brake light
bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-12) .
a Connect the connector.
a Clip:
- the window washer jet,
- the high level brake light.
a Refit the blanking covers.
81A-10
REAR LIGHTING
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting
K85
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the tailgate spoiler (see Tailgate spoiler:
Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior equipment).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
127360
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) of the high-level brake light on the tailgate,
- The high-level brake light.
a If replacing the high-level brake light,remove the
bulb (see 81A, Rear lighting, High level brake
light bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-12) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a If replacing the high-level brake light, refit the bulb
(see 81A, Rear lighting, High level brake light
bulb: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-12) .
a Refit the high-level brake light on the tailgate.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the tailgate spoiler (see Tailgate spoiler: Removal - Refitting) (56A, Exterior equipment).
81A-11
81A
REAR LIGHTING
High level brake light bulb: Removal - Refitting
81A
K85
REMOVAL
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
- the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting,
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A10) ,
a Remove:
- the tailgate spoiler (see Tailgate spoiler: Removal - Refitting) ,
- the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting,
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A10) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
127359
a Remove:
- the bulb holder by pressing on the clips (1) ,
- the bulbs.
Note:
When replacing bulbs, use approved W5W bulbs.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip:
- the bulbs into the bulb holder,
- the bulb holder onto the high-level brake light.
81A-12
- the tailgate spoiler (see Tailgate spoiler: Removal - Refitting) .
REAR LIGHTING
High level brake light bulb: Removal - Refitting
B85 or C85 or S85
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear
lighting, 3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting,
page 81A-10) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112445
a Remove the bulb (1) from the bulb holder.
Note:
When replacing the bulb, use an approved
W16W bulb.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the bulb in the bulb holder.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting, 3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page
81A-10) .
81A-13
81A
REAR LIGHTING
Rear fog lights: Removal - Refitting
81A
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 2
Set of trim removal levers.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
K85, and DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
139631
a Move the rear fog light using the tool (Car. 1363) as
a lever at (2) .
a Disconnect the rear fog light connector.
a Remove the rear fog light.
127356
a Move the rear fog light using the tool (Car. 1363) as
a lever at (1) .
81A-14
REAR LIGHTING
Rear fog lights: Removal - Refitting
81A
REFITTING
B85 or C85 or S85, and DOCUMENTATION
PHASE 2
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
K85, and DOCUMENTATION PHASE 1
139630
a If the indicator light bulb needs replacing, remove:
- the bulb holder (4) by turning it forty-five degrees
counter-clockwise,
127357
a If the indicator light bulb needs replacing, remove:
- the bulb from the bulb holder.
- the bulb holder (3) by turning it forty-five degrees
counter-clockwise,
- the bulb from the bulb holder.
a When replacing a bulb, use an approved bulb.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the bulb on the bulb holder,
- the bulb holder by turning it forty-five degrees
clockwise.
a Connect the rear fog light connector.
a Clip the fog light onto the rear bumper.
81A-15
REAR LIGHTING
Number plate light: Removal - Refitting
81A
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
113331
a Connect the connector.
a Refit the light.
113332
a Remove the licence plate light using a flat-blade
screwdriver.
a Disconnect the connector.
113334
a Unclip the light at (1) to gain access to the bulb.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a When replacing a bulb, use an approved bulb.
81A-16
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Interior lighting: Function
81B
I - GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicles may be fitted with the following units for lighting the interior of the passenger compartment, depending on the level of equipment:
Note:
The UCH controls the switching off of the interior
lights after a delay of approximately 20 minutes
when the light is in forced on position.
- a courtesy light (front central zone),
- a courtesy light (rear central zone),
- courtesy mirror lights (driver and passenger),
III - OPERATION OF THE COURTESY LIGHT
- a glovebox light,
The courtesy mirrors may be fitted with a light incorporated into the headlining.
- footwell lights located in the centre of the front door
panel,
- a boot light.
The courtesy lights located on the interior roof trim may
be equipped as follows:
- for the central front courtesy light:
• a light without map-reading light,
• a light with passenger-side map reading light,
• a light with two map-reading lights.
for the central rear courtesy light:
• a light without map-reading light,
• a light with two map-reading lights.
II - OPERATIONAL PROGRAMMING FOR THE
LIGHTING
101246
The interior lights are automatically and instantly switched on by the UCH:
The switch is located on the cover (1) of the sun visor
mirror (2) .
- when a door or the tailgate is opened,
- on unlocking the opening elements by the remote
control or by the detection of presence or movement
by the exterior opening control (in hands-free mode),
- on removal of the key or the Renault card.
To switch off the interior lights, the UCH enforces the
following, depending on the circumstances:
- the switching off, without delay, on closure of the
opening elements by the remote control or the
Renault card.
- delayed (progressive) switching off:
• after the last door or the boot is closed,
• on unlocking the opening elements by the remote
control or by the detection of presence or movement
by the exterior opening control (in hands-free mode),
• after the engine has started.
19250
81B-1
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Interior lighting: Function
The courtesy light supply (3) passes via the contact (4)
implanted on the central mounting and via the sun visor
contact (5) .
Note:
Operation of the switch can be checked by connecting a multimeter at (5) :
- mirror cover closed (switch open) = light out = infinite resistance,
- mirror cover open (switch closed) = light on = zero
resistance.
81B-2
81B
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Interior lighting: List and location of components
81B
II - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
No.
Description
(1)
UCH
(2)
Passenger compartment
fuse and relay box
(3)
Front / rear courtesy light
(4)
Vanity light
(5)
Glovebox light
(6)
Door lower light
(7)
Luggage
light
compartment
I - UCH
112441
Passenger compartment fuse and relay box (2)
III - FRONT / REAR COURTESY LIGHT
112284
UCH (1)
101244
Courtesy light (3) integrated in the headlining
81B-3
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Interior lighting: List and location of components
IV - COURTESY LIGHT
81B
VI - LOWER DOOR LIGHT
101246
113223
Courtesy light (4)
Lower door light (6)
V - GLOVEBOX LIGHT
VII - LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
112294
Glovebox light (5)
112426
Luggage compartment light (7)
81B-4
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Interior light: Removal - Refitting
81B
REMOVAL
REFITTING
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Replace the bulb with an approved W5W bulb.
a Connect the connector.
a Refit the courtesy light.
a Clip the translucent cover in place.
101244
a Unclip the translucent cover (1) using a flat-blade
screwdriver, inserting it into notch (2) .
101243
a Pull on the securing tabs .
a Press on the clip (4) using a flat-blade screwdriver to
remove the interior light from the headlining.
a Disconnect the connector.
81B-5
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Courtesy light: Removal - Refitting
S/VIS MIR+FOLD+LIGHT
Special tooling required
Car. 1597
Trim removal lever.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
101245
a Unclip the courtesy light at (1) using the (Car. 1597).
a Remove the courtesy light.
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Replace the bulb with an approved W5W bulb.
a Connect the connector.
a Clip on the light (1) .
81B-6
81B
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Lower door light: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
113223
a Unclip the light with a small flat-blade screwdriver.
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Replace the bulb with an approved W5W bulb.
a Connect the connector.
a Refit the light.
81B-7
81B
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Storage compartment light: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112442
a Remove the glove compartment light.
a Disconnect the connector.
Note:
The switch is built into the light.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Replace the bulb with an approved C5W bulb.
a Connect the connector.
a Clip the light in place.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
81B-8
81B
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Luggage compartment light: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112426
a Unclip the luggage compartment light.
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a To replace a bulb, use an approved C5W bulb.
a Connect the connector.
a Clip the boot light in place.
81B-9
81B
FUSES
Fuses: List and location of components
No.
Description
(1)
Passenger compartment fuse and
relay box
(2)
Consumer cut-out fuse
(3)
Additional relay/fuse box
(4)
Battery protection fuses
(5)
Protection and switching unit
(6)
Power supply fuse board
(7)
Optional relay unit
81C
I - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
112441
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
112805
Open the access flap to gain access to the unit.
112440
Open the access flap to gain access to the unit.
81C-1
FUSES
Fuses: List and location of components
81C
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
112804
112804
II - CONSUMER CUT-OUT FUSE
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
III - ADDITIONAL FUSE AND RELAY BOX
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
Remove the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment) to access
the box.
112441
81C-2
112439
FUSES
Fuses: List and location of components
81C
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
Remove the lower dashboard trim (see Dashboard:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment)to access the box.
108457
V - PROTECTION AND SWITCHING UNIT
112966
IV - BATTERY PROTECTION FUSES
112213
This box is located in the engine compartment, behind
the left headlamp.
Remove the cover to gain access to the unit.
112217
This box is located on the positive battery terminal.
81C-3
FUSES
Fuses: List and location of components
81C
112972
VII - OPTIONAL RELAY UNIT
112212
VI - POWER SUPPLY FUSE BOARD
112971
112781
This box is located on the front panel of the battery
tray.
This box is located on the engine-side panel of the battery tray.
Remove the cover to gain access to the unit.
Remove the cover to gain access to the unit.
81C-4
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Immobiliser system: List and location of components
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
Number
Description
(1)
Transponder ring
(2)
Ignition switch
(3) or (10)
UCH
(4)
Key
(5)
Front starting aerial
(6)
Central starting aerial
(7)
Rear starting aerial
(8)
Start button
(9)
Card reader
(11)
Electric steering column lock
(12)
Card
82A
2 - Ignition switch
112435
3 - UCH
II - LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
VEHICLE WITH KEY
1 - Antenna/Transponder ring
112284
112370
82A-1
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Immobiliser system: List and location of components
4 - Key
82A
6 - Central starting aerial
107733
113221
7 - Rear starting aerial
VEHICLE WITH CARD
5 - Front starting aerial
113222
112796
82A-2
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Immobiliser system: List and location of components
8 - Start button
82A
10 - UCH
113721
9 - Card reader
112950
11 - Electric steering column lock
112795
82A-3
113335
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Immobiliser system: List and location of components
12 - Card
101930
82A-4
82A
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Starting aerial: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
Set of trim removal levers.
a Unclip the glovebox using the (Car. 1363).
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
1 - Front starting aerial
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
112389
112366
a Unclip the trim at (1) and (2) .
a Unclip the centre front panel at (3) .
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Remove the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Remove the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
112390
a Unclip:
- the centre front panel at (4) ,
- the connectors.
82A-5
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Starting aerial: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
2 - Central starting aerial
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
3 - Rear starting aerial
a Remove the luggage compartment carpet.
a Lift up the luggage retainer cross member trim.
II - REMOVAL OPERATION FOR THE PART
CONCERNED
1 - Front starting aerial
112796
a Unclip:
- the starting aerial (6) ,
- the connector.
2 - Central starting aerial
101628
a
WARNING
The retaining clips are fragile; handle with care.
Press the retaining clips at (5) .
101628
a
WARNING
The retaining clips are fragile; handle with care.
Press the retaining clips at (7) .
82A-6
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Starting aerial: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
113222
a Unclip:
- the starting aerial (10) ,
- the connector.
113221
REFITTING
a Unclip:
- the starting aerial (8) ,
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR THE PART
CONCERNED
- the connector.
3 - Rear starting aerial
101628
a Clip on:
101628
- the aerial connector,
- the aerial onto its mounting.
a
WARNING
The retaining clips are fragile; handle with care.
Press the retaining clips at (9) .
82A-7
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Starting aerial: Removal - Refitting
VEHICLE WITH CARD
II - FINAL OPERATION
1 - Front starting aerial
a Connect the centre front panel connectors.
a Clip in the centre front panel beginning with the lower section.
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Refit the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Refit the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Clip the glovebox in position.
a Clip the trim under the centre front panel.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
2 - Central starting aerial
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
3 - Rear starting aerial
a Refit the luggage compartment carpet.
82A-8
82A
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Ignition switch: Removal - Refitting
82A
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
112279
a Remove the door seal.
a Unclip the dashboard side face (4) .
112275
a Unclip trim (1) .
112278
a Remove:
- the bolt (5) ,
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
112276
a Remove:
- the plastic rivet (2) ,
- bolt (3) .
112277
a Remove the lower cover (7) .
a Disconnect the connectors.
82A-9
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Ignition switch: Removal - Refitting
82A
a Remove:
- the driver's side front airbag (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal
- Refitting, page 88C-22) ,
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 392, 36B, Power-assisted steering).
117403
a Unclip the wiring harness clip.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112375
a Remove the bolts (8) under the lower half cowling.
a Unclip the lower and upper half cowling.
112436
112376
a Make a saw mark on the shear bolt.
a Unclip the upper half cowling from the dashboard
gaiter (9) .
a Pull the lower half cowling out from the steering column adjustment handle.
a Remove:
- the steering column switch assembly (see 84A,
Control - Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) ,
- the antenna/transponder ring (see 82A, Engine
immobiliser, Transponder ring: Removal - Refitting, page 82A-13) .
82A-10
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Ignition switch: Removal - Refitting
82A
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATIONS OPERATION
a
Note:
To protect against tampering, always secure the
ignition switch with a shear bolt.
Be sure to recover the sheared-off part of the
bolt after it has been tightened.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
116715
a Remove the bolt (11) .
a Disconnect the connector.
108441
a Position the ignition key between the first and second position (+Accessories and +APC) (12) .
a Press on the retaining lug (13) .
a Fit the ignition switch.
108441
a Position the ignition key between the first and second position (+Accessories and +APC) (12) .
a Press on the retaining lug (13) .
a Remove the ignition switch.
82A-11
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Ignition switch: Removal - Refitting
82A
a Refit:
- the bolts (8) under the lower half cowling,
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 392, 36B, Power-assisted steering),
- the driver's front airbag (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal Refitting, page 88C-22) .
a Connect the connectors on the lower cover (7) .
a Refit:
- the lower cover (7) ,
108439
a Tighten the shear bolt (14) until the bolt head shears
off.
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
a Tighten:
- the dashboard lower trim bolt (5)
- the lower cover bolt (3) ,
a Connect the starter switch connector.
a Clip on:
a Lock the starter switch connector.
- the plastic rivet,
- the dashboard side panel,
III - FINAL OPERATION.
- the trim (1) ,
- the door seal,
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
117403
a Clip on the wiring harness clip (15) .
a Refit:
- the antenna/transponder ring (see 82A, Engine
immobiliser, Transponder ring: Removal - Refitting, page 82A-13) ,
- the steering column switch assembly (see 84A,
Control - Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) ,
- the lower half-shell.
a Clip on:
- the dashboard gaiter on the upper half cowling (9) ,
- the upper half cowling to the lower half cowling.
82A-12
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Transponder ring: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH KEY
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
112279
a Remove the door seal.
a Unclip the dashboard side face (4) .
112275
a Unclip trim (1) .
112278
a Remove:
112276
a Remove:
- the bolt (5) ,
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
- the plasti-rivet (2) ,
- the bolt (3) .
82A-13
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Transponder ring: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH KEY
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112277
a Remove the lower cover (7) .
a Disconnect the connectors.
112370
a Unclip the two antenna/transponder ring tabs (10) .
a Remove the antenna/transponder ring.
a Disconnect the connector (9) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
112375
a Remove the bolts (8) under the lower half cowling.
a Clip on the antenna/transponder ring.
a Connect the antenna/transponder ring connector.
a Unclip the lower and upper half cowling.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the lower half-shell.
a Clip the upper half cowling onto the lower half cowling.
a Tighten the bolts (8) under the lower half cowling.
a Connect the connectors on the lower cover (7) .
a Refit the lower cover (7) .
a Tighten the bolts (3) , (5) .
a Clip on:
- the plastic rivet,
112376
a Pull the lower half cowling out from the steering column adjustment handle.
82A-14
- the dashboard side panel,
- the trim (1) ,
- the door seal,
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Transponder ring: Removal - Refitting
VEHICLE WITH KEY
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
82A-15
82A
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Start button: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
112389
a Unclip the centre front panel at (3) .
112366
a Unclip the trim at (1) and (2) .
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Remove the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Remove the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
112390
a Unclip the centre front panel at (4) .
a Disconnect the connectors.
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Unclip the glovebox using the (Car. 1363).
82A-16
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Start button: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Clip the glovebox in position.
a Clip the trim under the centre front panel.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
113720
a Unclip the start button (5) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the start button onto the centre front cover.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the centre front panel connectors.
a Clip in the centre front panel beginning with the lower section.
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Refit the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Refit the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
82A-17
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Electric steering column lock: Removal - Refitting
82A
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
steering column lock
mounting bolt
8 Nm
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
112279
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
to unlock the steering column lock (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C,
Airbags and seat belt pretensioners).
a Remove the door seal.
a Remove the dashboard side face (4) .
112278
112275
a Remove:
a Unclip trim (1) .
- the bolt (5) ,
- the lower cover trim (6) .
112276
a Unclip:
112277
- the plasti-rivet (2) ,
a Remove the lower cover (7) .
- the bolt (3) .
a Unclip the connectors.
82A-18
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Electric steering column lock: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
82A
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Position the electric steering column lock,
a Torque tighten the steering column lock mounting
bolt (8 Nm) (8) ,
a Clip the connector.
CODING OF THE ELECTRIC STEERING COLUMN
LOCK.
a
Note:
The electric lock is supplied without a code. The
engine immobiliser code must be programmed
when it is fitted to allow the ignition to be
switched on.
113335
a Disconnect the connector.
WARNING
a Remove the electric steering column lock mounting
bolt (8) by turning it clockwise.
The injection computer retains the immobiliser
code for life.
The system has no security code.
It is forbidden to perform tests with computers
borrowed from the Parts Department or from
another vehicle which must then be returned.
These computers are permanently coded.
a If replacing the steering column lock, carry out the
necessary operations using the diagnostic tool (see
Fault finding, Replacement of components) (MR
394, 87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
a
Note:
The electric steering column lock locks the steering column after a few seconds; coding is then
complete. The red immobiliser warning light
flashes to indicate that the engine immobiliser
function is active.
100231
a
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip on:
WARNING
- the mounting for the connectors,
The electric steering column lock mounting bolt
has a left-hand thread, it is unscrewed in the
opposite direction.
- the connectors,
a Remove the electric steering column lock.
- the sump.
a Tighten the bolts (3) , (5) ,
82A-19
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Electric steering column lock: Removal - Refitting
a Clip on:
- the plastic rivet,
- the dashboard side panel,
- the trim (1) ,
- the door seal,
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
82A-20
82A
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Battery for remote door locking control: Removal - Refitting
82A
REMOVAL
VEHICLE WITH CARD
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
VEHICLE WITH KEY
101930
a Remove the mechanical insert (3) .
107732
REFITTING
a Remove the bolt (1) .
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a
WARNING
To ensure that the remote control operates correctly, take care not to damage the battery contacts.
Only handle the new battery with dry, grease-free
hands or wearing clean gloves to avoid any risk
of dirt and oxidation on the battery.
107734
a Open the key with a coin (2) .
82A-21
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Battery for remote door locking control: Removal - Refitting
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
VEHICLE WITH KEY
101930
a Replace the battery (5) .
107731
a Replace the battery (4) using a flat-blade screwdriver.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
VEHICLE WITH KEY
a Close the key.
a Tighten the bolt (1) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Refit the mechanical insert (6) .
82A-22
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Card reader: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
112389
a Unclip the centre front panel at (3) .
112366
a Unclip the trim at (1) and (2) .
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Remove the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Remove the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
112390
a Unclip the centre front panel at (4) .
a Disconnect the connectors.
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Unclip the glovebox using the (Car. 1363).
82A-23
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Card reader: Removal - Refitting
82A
VEHICLE WITH CARD
REFITTING
II - REMOVAL OPERATION FOR THE PART
CONCERNED
I - REFITTING OPERATING FOR THE PART
CONCERNED
112795
a Lift up the card reader at the rear section (5) .
112793
a Insert the card reader along the guides.
a Clip on the card reader.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the centre front panel connectors.
a Clip in the centre front panel beginning with the lower section.
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Refit the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal Refitting, page 86A-8) .
112794
a Remove the card reader at (6) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Refit the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
82A-24
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
Card reader: Removal - Refitting
VEHICLE WITH CARD
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Clip the glovebox in position.
a Clip the trim under the centre front panel.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
82A-25
82A
HORN
Audible warning: Removal - Refitting
Tightening torquesm
horn bolt
21 Nm
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
111997
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
a Remove:
- the bolt (2) ,
- the horn.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the horn.
a Torque tighten the horn bolt (21 Nm) (2) .
a Connect the connector (1) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
82B-1
82B
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Clock: Before/after repair procedure
83A
SETTING THE CLOCK
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and RADIO NO. 01
or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03 or RADIO NO.
04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO. 06 or RADIO
NO. 07 or RADIO NO. 08
a Switch on the ignition.
a Switch the radio on.
139852
a Press the « SETTINGS » button (3) .
139780
a Using the central button, select « System settings »
in the central display.
a Adjusting the hour: press button (1) to obtain the correct value.
a Confirm the operation by pressing the OK button or
the right-hand arrow.
a Adjusting the minutes: press button (2) to obtain the
correct value.
a Using the central button, select « Clock » in the central display.
Note:
a Confirm the operation by pressing the OK button or
the right-hand arrow.
Pressing and holding enables the values to be
scrolled through more quickly.
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and RADIO NO. 07
or RADIO NO. 08
a Switch on the ignition.
a Switch the radio on.
83A-1
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Clock: Before/after repair procedure
a Two groups of values appear on the display.
a Setting the hour: turn the central button towards the
right or left to obtain the correct value.
Note:
The hour can also be set by pressing on the + or
- buttons on the steering column switch.
a To move on to setting the minutes, press the
« RIGHT » button on the radio or the « RIGHT » button on the steering column switch.
a Adjusting the minutes: turn the central button towards the right or left to obtain the correct value.
Note:
The minutes can also be set by pressing the + or
- buttons on the steering column switch.
a To go back to setting the hour, press the « LEFT »
button on the radio or the « LEFT » button on the
steering column switch.
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL or NAVIGATION AID 1
a The time is set through the navigation system.
As soon as the system detects the satellites, the
time is automatically displayed.
83A-2
83A
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting
83A
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing the instrument panel, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components) (MR
394, 83A, Instrument panel).
112273
a Unclip instrument panel at .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112271
a Remove the instrument panel (4) .
112272
a Disconnect the connectors.
a Unclip the lower section of trim (1) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the connectors to the instrument panel.
a Clip on:
- the upper section of the instrument panel,
- the lower section of the instrument panel,
- the instrument panel frame trim.
II - FINAL OPERATION
112274
a Unclip the upper trim .
a Remove the trim.
a If replacing the instrument panel, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components) (MR
394, 83A, Instrument panel).
83A-3
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Instrument panel: Before/after repair procedure
83A
Note:
The oil change interval must only be reinitialised
after a service in accordance with the maintenance
booklet.
REINITIALISING THE DISPLAY AFTER A SERVICE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMME
a Switch on the ignition.
141255
109918
a Select the « OIL CHANGE INTERVAL » information
on the display (1) by pressing the « Trip computer
scroll » button (2) .
a Keep the button (2) pressed for 10 seconds :
- the value on the display flashes 4 times,
- the value is replaced by the reinitialised oil change
interval value,
- this new value flashes 4 times.
a Release the « Trip computer scroll » button (2) .
The value illuminates continuously and is stored.
a Switch off the ignition.
83A-4
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Vehicle speed management unit: Removal - Refitting
83A
WITHOUT ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
Tightening torquesm
vehicle speed management unit bolts
12 Nm
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
118172
a Disconnect the vehicle speed management unit connector (2) .
a Remove:
- the bolts (3) from the vehicle speed management
unit,
- the vehicle speed management unit.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
118173
a Refit:
a Cut the carpet under the centre console at (1) .
- the vehicle speed management unit,
- the vehicle speed management unit bolts.
a Torque tighten the vehicle speed management
unit bolts (12 Nm).
a Connect the vehicle speed management unit connector.
a Attach the carpet using clips (part no. 77 01 047
751).
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
83A-5
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation: List and location of components
83C
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL or NAVIGATION AID 1
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
NAVIGATION AID 1
The "navigation" equipment consists of:
Radio navigation system
- a navigation aerial (see 86A, Radio, Radio aerial:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-11)
NAVIGATION AID 1
- a radionavigation system (see 8 3 C , On-board
telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal Refitting, page 83C-3)
- a navigation screen (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-18)
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
- a "computer - navigation screen" assembly (see 83C,
On-board telematics system, Navigation computer: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-4)
116062
Navigation screen
- a multimedia network interface unit (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Multimedia network interface unit: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-7)
- a remote control and its support on the centre console
II - LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
Navigation aerial
113389
112951
83C-1
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation: List and location of components
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL or NAVIGATION AID 1
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
"Computer - navigation screen" assembly
141263
Multimedia network interface unit
141256
83C-2
83C
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting
NAVIGATION AID 1
Special tooling required
Ms. 1544
Tool for removing radios Carm i n a t
B e c ke r
and
Cabasse.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116062
a Remove the radio navigation system using tool (Ms.
1544).
a Disconnect the radio navigation system connectors.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the radio navigation system connectors.
a Refit the radio navigation system.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out the necessary operations (see MR 394
Fault finding, 83C, Navigation, Replacement of
components).
83C-3
83C
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation computer: Removal - Refitting
83C
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a If the "computer - navigation screen" is being replaced, carry out the necessary operations using the
Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement
of components) (86C, Navigation).
a Switch off the ignition.
WARNING
To prevent damaging the navigation system, wait
1 minute after switching off the + after ignition
feed.
141259
a Mark the routing of the wiring and the aerials.
WARNING
WARNING
To ensure correct operation:
Do not press on the screen as this may damage
it.
- do not pinch the aerial cables,
- do not bend the aerial cables,
a Take the SD card out of its housing.
- do not force the aerial cables when refitting.
a Mark the aerial position on the unit.
a Disconnect:
- the connector (2) of the navigation screen,
- the aerials (3) on the navigation screen,
- the connector (4) of the seat belt reminder warning
light.
141260
a Unclip the navigation screen upper trim (1) using the
tool (Car. 1363).
83C-4
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation computer: Removal - Refitting
83C
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
141256
a Unclip the multimedia network interface unit from the
navigation screen support (5) .
a Move aside the multimedia network interface unit.
141257
a Remove the navigation screen bolts (7) .
a Unclip the navigation screen from the support.
a Remove the navigation screen.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a
WARNING
Do not press on the screen as this may damage
it.
a Refit:
- the navigation screen on the support,
- the « support - navigation screen » assembly.
a Fit the multimedia network interface unit.
141258
a Remove the bolts (6) from the « support - navigation
screen » assembly.
a Clip on the multimedia network interface unit.
a Unclip the « support - navigation screen » assembly.
WARNING
a Remove the « support - navigation screen » assembly.
To ensure correct operation:
- do not pinch the aerial cables,
- do not bend the aerial cables,
- do not force the aerial cables when refitting.
83C-5
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation computer: Removal - Refitting
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
a Connect:
- the connector of the navigation screen,
- the aerials on the navigation screen in the position
marked during removal,
- the connector of the seat belt reminder warning
light.
a Refit the wiring in the position marked during removal.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip on the navigation screen upper trim.
a Insert the SD card in its housing.
a Switch on the ignition.
a If the "computer - navigation screen" is being replaced, carry out the necessary operations using the
Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement
of components) (86C, Navigation).
a Check the correct operation:
- of the seat belt warning light,
- of the navigation system, if the satellites can be accessed.
83C-6
83C
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Multimedia network interface unit: Removal - Refitting
83C
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a When replacing the multimedia network interface
unit, carry out the necessary operations using the
Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement
of components) (86C, Multimedia network interface unit).
a Switch off the ignition.
WARNING
To prevent damaging the navigation system, wait
1 minute after switching off the + after ignition
feed.
141260
a Unclip the navigation screen upper trim (1) using the
tool (Car. 1363).
WARNING
Do not press on the screen as this may damage
it.
83C-7
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Multimedia network interface unit: Removal - Refitting
83C
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
141259
a Mark the routing of the wiring and the aerials.
141256
a Unclip the multimedia network interface unit (5) from
the navigation screen support.
WARNING
a Remove the multimedia network interface unit.
To ensure correct operation:
a Disconnect the multimedia network interface unit
connector.
- do not pinch the aerial cables,
REFITTING
- do not bend the aerial cables,
- do not force the aerial cables when refitting.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Mark the position of the aerials on the unit.
a Disconnect:
- the connector (2) of the navigation screen,
a Connect the multimedia network interface unit connector
- the aerials (3) on the navigation screen,
a Fit the multimedia network interface unit.
- the connector (4) of the seat belt reminder warning
light.
a Clip on the multimedia network interface unit.
a Connect:
- the connector of the navigation screen,
- the aerials on the navigation screen in the position
marked during removal,
- the connector of the seat belt reminder warning
light.
83C-8
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Multimedia network interface unit: Removal - Refitting
NAVIGATION AID 1 LEVEL
a Refit the wiring in the position marked during removal.
WARNING
To ensure correct operation:
- do not pinch the aerial cables,
- do not bend the aerial cables,
- do not force the aerial cables when refitting.
a Clip on the navigation screen upper trim.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Switch on the ignition
a Check the operation of the seat belt warning light.
a Check the operation of navigation system, if the satellites can be accessed.
a When replacing the multimedia network interface
unit, carry out the necessary operations using the
Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement
of components) (86C, Multimedia network interface unit).
83C-9
83C
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation screen: Removal - Refitting
NAVIGATION AID 1
The navigation screen is located in the offset radio display. It is not sold separately.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the radio display (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-18) .
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the radio display (see 86A, Radio, Display:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-18) .
83C-10
83C
ON-BOARD TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Navigation aerial: Removal - Refitting
NAVIGATION AID 1
The navigation aerial is the same as the radio aerial.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the radio aerial (see 86A, Radio, Radio
aerial: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-11) .
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the radio aerial (see 86A, Radio, Radio aerial:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-11) .
83C-11
83C
CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise control - speed limiter: List and location of components
83D
CRUISE CONTROL
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
No.
Description
(1)
Switch
(2)
Steering wheel switch
(3)
Brake switch
(4)
Clutch switch
3 - Brake switch
II - LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
1 - Switch
112437
4 - Clutch switch
112234
2 - Steering wheel switch
112437
112233
83D-1
CRUISE CONTROL
Switch: Removal - Refitting
83D
CRUISE CONTROL
REFITTING
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the switch on the switch panel.
REMOVAL
a Connect the connectors.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip the switch panel onto the lower cover.
117287
a Unclip the switch panel (1) using the (Car. 1363).
a Disconnect the connectors.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116798
a Remove the switch by pressing on the clips (2) .
83D-2
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Rotary switch: Removal - Refitting
The rotary switch is part of the steering column control
assembly. It cannot be replaced on its own.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the steering column control assembly (see
84A, Control - Signals, Steering column switch
assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Remove:
- the lighting switch (see 84A, Control - Signals,
Signals and lighting switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-9) ,
- the windscreen wiper switch (see 84A, Control Signals, Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-8) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the lighting switch (see 84A, Control - Signals,
Signals and lighting switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-9) ,
- the windscreen wiper switch (see 84A, Control Signals, Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-8) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the steering column control assembly (see
84A, Control - Signals, Steering column switch
assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
84A-1
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Steering column switch assembly: List and location of components
84A
Steering wheel gear selector (2) (the selector is an integral part of the rotary switch)
No.
Description
(1)
UCH
(2)
Steering wheel gear selector
(3)
Windscreen wiper switch
(4)
Signalling light switch
(5)
Remote control satellite
III - WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH
I - UCH
112797
Windscreen wiper switch (3)
IV - SIGNALLING LIGHT SWITCH
112284
UCH (1)
112797
Signalling light switch (4)
II - STEERING WHEEL GEAR SELECTOR
112797
84A-2
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Steering column switch assembly: List and location of components
V - REMOTE CONTROL SATELLITE
109918
Car phone control satellite (5) (the satellite is an integral part of the windscreen wiper switch)
84A-3
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting
84A
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the driver's frontal airbag (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal
- Refitting, page 88C-22) ,
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) .
a The wheels must be set straight ahead.
112380
a Unclip the protective strip.
a Remove the bolt (1) .
112379
a Remove the front door seal
a Unclip the dashboard side panel.
112381
a Remove bolts (2) .
a Unclip the trim underneath the steering wheel.
84A-4
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting
84A
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112375
a Remove the lower half cowling mounting bolts (3) .
112377
a Unclip the half covers.
112376
a Remove the gaiter upper trim by pressing down on
the clips (4) .
a Extract the lower half-cowling from the driving position height adjustment handle.
107718
a
WARNING
Check that the wheels are set straight ahead and
that the rotary switch mark (5) is correctly positioned opposite the index.
84A-5
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting
84A
107709
a Undo the rotary switch mounting bolt (6) .
107718
a
a Press down on (7) using a flat-blade screwdriver to
release the rotary switch.
WARNING
It is essential to observe the wiring harness routing to prevent it being damaged when the halfshells are refitted.
a Remove part of the steering column controls assembly to disconnect the connectors.
a Remove the steering wheel control assembly.
REFITTING
a Position the wiring harness as indicated (8) .
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a
a Connect the connectors.
WARNING
a Position the steering column controls assembly.
Make sure that the wheels are set straight ahead
and that the rotary switch mark is at 0.
a Fix the steering column controls assembly into
place.
III - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the steering column half-covers.
a Fix the half-covers into place.
a Refit the steering column trim.
a Fix the steering column trim.
a Clip the protective strip into place.
84A-6
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting
a Refit:
- the dashboard side panel.
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) ,
- the driver's frontal airbag (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal
- Refitting, page 88C-22) .
84A-7
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the steering column controls assembly (see
84A, Control - Signals, Steering column switch
assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
107717
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
a Remove the windscreen wiper switch by pressing
down on the clips (2) .
Note:
The remote control satellite and the windscreen
wiper switch are one inseparable component.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the windscreen wiper switch onto the rotary
switch.
a Connect the connector.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the steering column controls assembly (see
84A, Control - Signals, Steering column switch
assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
84A-8
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Signals and lighting switch: Removal - Refitting
84A
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the steering column controls assembly (see
84A, Control - Signals, Steering column switch
assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
107712
a Unclip the light switch (3) by pressing down on the
clips. (2) .
107717
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
a Free the rotary switch wiring harness.
84A-9
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Signals and lighting switch: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
107718
a Clip the light switch onto the rotary switch.
a Connect the connector.
a Position the wiring harness as indicated (4) .
WARNING
It is essential to observe the harness routing to
prevent it from being damaged when the covers
are refitted.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the steering column controls assembly (see
84A, Control - Signals, Steering column switch
assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
84A-10
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Gear selector on the steering wheel: Removal - Refitting
84A
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the driver's airbag (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting, page 88C-22) ,
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) ,
- the steering column controls (see 84A, Control Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
112970
a Unclip upper trim (3)
112969
a
112968
a Remove the mounting bolts (1) from the shell under
the steering wheel.
a Unclip the half-shell underneath the lower part of the
steering wheel (2) .
84A-11
WARNING
Check that the wheels are set straight ahead and
that the rotary switch mark (4) is correctly positioned opposite the index.
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Gear selector on the steering wheel: Removal - Refitting
84A
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112797
a Remove:
- the windscreen wiper switch (8) (see 84A, Control
- Signals, Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-8) ,
107709
a Undo the rotary switch mounting bolt (5) .
a Press down on (6) using a flat-blade screwdriver to
release the rotary switch.
- the signal lighting switch (9) (see 84A, Control Signals, Signals and lighting switch: Removal Refitting, page 84A-9) .
a Remove part of the steering column controls assembly.
Note:
The speed selector on the steering wheel cannot
be separated from the rotary switch.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the windscreen wiper switch (see 84A, Control Signals, Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-8) ,
112798
a Disconnect:
- the signalling light switch (see 84A, Control - Signals, Signals and lighting switch: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-9) ,
- the connectors for the steering column controls,
- the gear selector connector on the steering wheel
(7) .
- the steering column controls (see 84A, Control Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) ,
84A-12
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Gear selector on the steering wheel: Removal - Refitting
- the driver's airbag (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting, page 88C-22) .
84A-13
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Hazard warning lights and central door control: Removal - Refitting
84A
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
112389
a Unclip the centre front panel at (3) .
112366
a Unclip the trim at (1) and (2) .
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Remove the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Remove the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
112390
a Unclip the centre front panel at (4)
a Disconnect the connectors.
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Unclip the glovebox using the (Car. 1363).
84A-14
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Hazard warning lights and central door control: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
84A
WITHOUT NAVIGATION AID, and VEHICLEWITHOUT RADIO
a Clip the glovebox in position.
a Clip the trim under the centre front panel.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
112432
a Unclip the switch by moving clips (5) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the switch onto the front panel.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the centre front panel connectors.
a Clip in the centre front panel beginning with the lower section.
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO.
06
a Refit the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal Refitting, page 86A-8) .
NAVIGATION AID 1
a Refit the radio navigation system (see 83C, Onboard telematics system, Radio navigation: Removal - Refitting, page 83C-3) .
84A-15
CONTROL - SIGNALS
ESP inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting
84A
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
REFITTING
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the ESP disabling switch onto the switch plate.
REMOVAL
a Connect the connectors.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip the switch plate onto the lower dashboard trim.
117287
a Unclip the control plate (1) using the tool (Car.
1363).
a Disconnect the connectors.
a Remove the plate.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116798
a Remove the ESP disabling switch by pressing on
the clips (2) .
84A-16
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Remote headlight beam adjustment control: Removal - Refitting
84A
WITHOUT DISCHARGE LAMPS
REFITTING
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
REMOVAL
a Refit the headlight remote adjustment control onto
the switch plate.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Connect the connectors.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip the switch plate on the dashboard lower trim.
117287
a Unclip the switch plate (1) using the (Car. 1363) tool.
a Disconnect the connectors.
a Remove the plate.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116798
a Remove the headlight remote adjustment control by
pressing on the clips (2) .
84A-17
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Lighting dimmer: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
84A
Set of trim removal levers.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the lighting dimmer on the switch plate.
REMOVAL
a Connect the connectors.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip the switch plate on the dashboard lower trim.
117287
a Unclip the switch plate (1) using the tool (Car. 1363).
a Disconnect the connectors.
a Remove the plate.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116798
a Remove the lighting dimmer by pressing on the clips
(2) .
84A-18
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Exterior rear view mirror control switch: Removal - Refitting
84A
DOOR MIRRORS 02 or DOOR MIRRORS 03
REMOVAL
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the switch onto the interior handle trim.
a Connect the connector.
a Clip on the interior handle trim.
112430
a Unclip the interior handle trim using a small flatblade screwdriver.
a Disconnect the connector.
112433
a Squeeze the clips (1) to unclip the door mirror control switch.
84A-19
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Heated rear screen: Repair
84A
The screen printed heated grid on the inner face of the
window may have an accidental cut, making the affected part of the circuit useless.
a Determine the exact location of the cut using a voltmeter.
Faults such as these can be repaired by using the
heated rear screen varnish available at the. Magasin Pièces de Rechange
I - DETERMINING THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE
CUT USING A VOLTMETER
a Switch on the ignition.
a Switch on the heated rear screen supply.
8815
1 - Detection between lines B and A
a Connect the + wire of the voltmeter to the + feed terminal of the rear screen.
a A sudden voltage drop indicates that the filament is
cut at that point (carry out this operation for each filament).
a Put the - wire of the voltmeter on a filament at the terminal side of the rear screen (line B); the voltage
obtained should be roughly equal to that of the battery.
II - REPAIRING THE FILAMENT
a Move the wire - to line A (arrowed line): the voltage
gradually drops.
a To ensure that the new line is straight, before varnishing, apply adhesive tape to either side of the
section to be repaired, leaving the conducting line
exposed.
a Clean the section to be treated to remove all dust or
grease, preferably using alcohol or a glass cleaner,
and wipe with a clean, dry cloth.
a Before using the varnish, shake the bottle to prevent
the silver particles settling at the bottom.
Repair
a Carry out the repair using a small brush, applying a
sufficiently thick layer. If applying successive coats,
allow sufficient drying time between each coat and
do not repeat the operation more than three times.
8814
a If an error is made with the varnish (runs, smudges,
etc.), it can be removed using a knife point, but only
after several hours, once the product has properly
hardened.
a A sudden voltage drop indicates that the filament is
cut at that point (carry out this operation for each filament).
2 - Detection between lines C and A
a Connect the - wire of the voltmeter to the - terminal
of the rear screen.
a Put the + wire of the voltmeter on the filament at the
+ terminal end of the rear screen (line C); the voltage
obtained should be roughly equal to battery voltage.
a Move the + wire towards line A (arrowed line); the
voltage gradually drops.
84A-20
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Heated rear screen: Repair
77324
a The adhesive tape used as a guide must not be removed until approximately one hour after application. The tape must be pulled off perpendicularly to
the resistance, in the direction of the arrow. When
used at an ambient temperature of 20˚C, the varnish
is completely dry in three hours. At lower temperatures the drying time is slightly longer.
84A-21
84A
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Heated seat pad switch: Removal - Refitting
84A
FRONT SEAT WITH HEATING
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Move the seat as far forward as possible.
109256
a Remove:
- the seat base height adjustment lever bolts (3) ,
- the seat base height adjustment lever.
109299
a Unclip the seat belt strap (1) by turning the bolt a
quarter of a turn.
109257
a Remove the seat base cover bolt (4) .
109255
a Remove the cover (2) from the seat height adjustment lever.
a Unclip the front section of the seat housing side panel (5) .
84A-22
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Heated seat pad switch: Removal - Refitting
84A
FRONT SEAT WITH HEATING
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the heating pad switch onto the seat housing
panel.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the seat housing panel connectors.
a Clip on:
- the rear section of the seat cover,
- the front section of the seat cover.
a Refit:
- the seat cover bolt,
- the seat base height adjustment lever,
- the seat base height adjustment lever bolts,
109258
a Unclip the rear section of the seat cover.
- the seat base height adjustment lever cover.
a Clip on the seat belt strap.
a Disconnect the connectors.
a Remove the seat base cover.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116063
a Unclip the heating pad switch by pressing on the
clips (6) .
84A-23
CONTROL - SIGNALS
Driving school repeater electrical control unit: Removal - Refitting
SCHOOL VEHICLE
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112303
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) from the driving school repeater control electrical unit,
- the driving school repeater control electrical unit.
a Disconnect the driving school repeater control electrical unit connectors.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the driving school repeater electrical control unit connectors.
a Refit:
- the driving school repeater electrical control unit,
- the driving school repeater electrical control unit
bolts.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
84A-24
84A
WIPING - WASHING
Wiping and washing: List and location of components
85A
II - PROTECTION AND SWITCHING UNIT
No.
Description
(1)
Passenger compartment
fuse and relay box
(2)
Protection and Switching
Unit
(3)
Power supply fuse board
(4)
UCH
(5)
Rain sensor
(6)
Wiper switch
(7)
Windscreen wiper motor
(8)
Rear screen wiper motor
(9)
Washer pump
(10)
Headlight washer pump
112449
III - POWER SUPPLY FUSE BOARD
I - PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
112972
112441
85A-1
WIPING - WASHING
Wiping and washing: List and location of components
IV - UCH
85A
VI - WIPER SWITCH
112797
VII - WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
112284
V - RAIN AND LIGHT SENSOR
113336
101630
85A-2
WIPING - WASHING
Wiping and washing: List and location of components
VIII - REAR SCREEN WIPER MOTOR
85A
X - HEADLIGHT WASHER PUMP
112416
IX - WASHER PUMP
113501
85A-3
113502
WIPING - WASHING
Wiping and washing: Function
I - AUTOMATIC OPERATION
vehicles may be fitted with a wiper stalk with a sensitivity adjustment ring for the rain sensor.
In this instance the vehicles have:
- a sensor sensitivity ring on the wipers stalk,
- rain and light sensors.
To operate the system, move the wiper stalk to the
« intermittent » position.
If switching the ignition off, reposition the stalk at
« stop » then « intermittent » .
Note:
Vehicles not fitted with a rain sensor have an intermittent automatic system with a timing modification
ring.
II - OPERATING NOTES
If there is too much stress on the wiper arms (e.g.: at
high speed), the Protection and Switching unit automatically commands wiping at a lower speed.
If the wiper mechanism is jammed (e.g.: icy windscreen), the protection and switching unit automatically
cuts the supply to the motor.
If the windscreen wipers have been requested (by the
stalk or by the rain sensor), changing to reverse gear
will activate the rear wiper.
Any movement of the wiper stalk overrides and cancels
any UCH commands from the Protection and Switching Unit.
The intermittent rear wiper system is governed by the
vehicle speed.
If the UCH does not detect any signal from the steering
column control, the wiper speed selected before the
fault is maintained.
The UCH has configurations which are specific to the
washing - wiping function (see Fault finding - Configurations and programming) (MR 394, 87B, Connection unit).
85A-4
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Rain and light sensor: Removal - Refitting
85A
LIGHTS + AUTOMATIC WINDSCREEN WIPER
REMOVAL
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
101630
101715
a Unclip the upper casing using a flat-blade screwdriver (1) .
a Disconnect the connector.
a Unclip the two side clips (3) from the detector using
a small screwdriver.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Clean the windscreen using a wooden spatula (so
as not to scratch the surface).
WARNING
Refit the rain sensor in perfectly clean conditions:
any dust or fibres could cause a fault.
Do not touch the electronic part of the sensor. Fit
the sensor to the vehicle immediately after
removing it from its packaging.
101716
a Remove the lower cover (2) .
85A-5
WIPING - WASHING
Rain and light sensor: Removal - Refitting
LIGHTS + AUTOMATIC WINDSCREEN WIPER
102447
a
Note:
When replacing the windscreen (and keeping the
rain and light sensor), it is essential to replace
the sensor's adhesive base (4) .
The adhesive base is available separately from
the Par ts Department.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Position the sensor on the support.
a Clip the sensor on the support.
a Connect the connector.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip in place the interior rear-view mirror casings.
a Carry out an operating test:
- select automatic wiping,
- spray water droplets onto the windscreen within the
sensor's detection area,
- check that the automatic wiping function is operating correctly.
85A-6
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper blade: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112431
a Squeeze the clips (1) and move downwards simultaneously (2) .
a Remove the blade (3) .
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Clip the blade onto the wiper arm.
85A-7
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting
- the wiper arm nuts.
Special tooling required
Ele. 1294-01
85A
a Torque tighten the wiper arm nuts (21 Nm).
Tool for removing wiper arms.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the nut covers.
Tightening torquesm
wiper arm nuts
a Test that the wipers operate correctly.
21 Nm
a Close the bonnet.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Operate the wiper switch to set the wiper motor in
the park position.
- move the switch from 0 to 1.
- move the switch from 1 to 0.
a Open the cover.
a Mark the position of the wiper arms.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
111998
a Remove:
- the nut covers (1) ,
- the wiper arm nuts (1) ,
- the wiper arms using the (Ele. 1294-01)
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the wiper arms in the position marked before removal,
85A-8
WIPING - WASHING
Wiping arm: Removal - Refitting
REFITTING
Special tooling required
Ele. 1294-01
85A
Tool for removing wiper arms.
Tightening torquesm
wiper
nuts
arm mounting
21 N.m
REMOVAL
112000
a Refit the wiper arms in the position marked before
removal.
a Torque tighten the wiper arm mounting nuts (21
N.m) (2) .
111998
a Move the wiper switch to set the wiper motor in the
park position.
a Refit the covers (2) .
a Test that the wipers operate correctly.
- move the switch from status 0 to 1.
- move the switch from 1 to 0.
a Lift the bonnet.
a Note the position of the wiper arms.
a Remove:
- the covers (1) ,
- the wiper arm mounting nuts (1) ,
- the wiper arms using the (Ele. 1294-01).
85A-9
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting
85A
Tightening torquesm
mechanism bolts
8 Nm
offset mechanism bolts
8 Nm
mechanism bolts
8 Nm
motor shaft linkage nut
18 Nm
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
112005
a Remove the wiper arms (see 85A, Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting,
page 85A-8) .
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the scuttle panel grille (see Scuttle panel
grille: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior
equipment).
a Note the position of the motor shaft linkage (2) in relation to the mechanism.
a Remove the wiper mechanism bolts (3) .
a Partially remove the mechanism and disconnect the
connector.
a Remove the mechanism.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112973
a Unclip the trim (4) under the scuttle panel grille.
112002
a Unclip the trim (1) under the scuttle panel grille.
85A-10
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting
85A
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112980
a Note the position of the motor shaft linkage (5) in relation to the mechanism.
a Remove:
- the motor shaft linkage nut (7) ,
- the mechanism bolts (6) .
113337
a Partially remove the mechanism and disconnect the
connector.
a Remove the mechanism.
a Check that the motor shaft linkage (10) is correctly
positioned.
a Connect the connector.
a Refit the mechanism.
a Torque tighten the mechanism bolts (8 Nm).
a Refit the trim.
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
112974
a Remove the offset mechanism bolts (8) and (9) .
a Remove the linkage.
112974
a Refit the offset mechanism.
a Torque tighten the offset mechanism bolts (8 Nm)
(11) and (12) .
85A-11
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting
85A
- move the switch from 1 to 0.
a Refit the wiper arm (see 85A, Wiping - Washing,
Windscreen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting, page
85A-8) .
112980
a Connect the connector.
a Refit the mechanism.
a Torque tighten the mechanism bolts (8 Nm) (13) .
112979
a Refit the motor shaft linkage (14) in the position noted before removal.
a Torque tighten the motor shaft linkage nut (18
Nm).
a Refit the trim under the scuttle panel grille.
FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the scuttle panel grille (see Scuttle panel
grille: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior
equipment).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Operate the wiper switch to set the wiper motor in
the park position.
- move the switch from status 0 to 1.
85A-12
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
Tightening torquesm
motor bolts
motor shaft linkage nut
motor bolts
motor shaft linkage nut
85A
9 N.m
18 Nm
9 N.m
18 Nm
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the windscreen wiper mechanism (see
85A, Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-10) .
112979
a Remove:
- the motor bolts (3) on the mechanism,
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
- the motor.
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
113336
a
Note:
Mark the position of the motor shaft linkage in
relation to the mechanism before removing it.
a Remove:
- the motor bolts (1) and (2) on the mechanism,
113336
a refit:
- the motor.
- the motor.
- the bolts (4) .
a Torque tighten the motor bolts (9 N.m) (4) .
85A-13
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting
85A
FINAL OPERATION.
a
Note:
Check that the motor is correctly positioned in
the park position after tightening the nut.
a Refit the windscreen wiper mechanism (see 85A,
Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-10) .
113337
a Position the motor shaft linkage (5) as shown in the
illustration above.
a Torque tighten the motor shaft linkage nut (18
Nm).
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
112979
a Refit:
- the motor.
- the motor bolts (6) on the mechanism.
a Torque tighten the motor bolts (9 N.m) (6) .
a Align the motor shaft linkage as shown in the illustration above.
a Torque tighten the motor shaft linkage nut (18
Nm).
85A-14
WIPING - WASHING
Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
85A
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Remove:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim),
- the rear screen wiper arm (see 85A, Wiping Washing, Rear screen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-20) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112425
a Replace the seal (2) if necessary.
112416
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
a
Note:
Be careful not to damage the outer skin and the
tailgate box when removing the rivets. Recover
the rivet bodies from the tailgate box section.
a Drill out the rivets(see MR 400, 40A, General information).
a Remove the motor.
112416
a Position the motor.
a Rivet the engine (see MR 400, 40A, General information) (Rivets Part no. 77 03 072 362).
a Connect the motor connector.
85A-15
WIPING - WASHING
Rear screen wiper motor: Removal - Refitting
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim),
- the rear screen wiper arm (see 85A, Wiping Washing, Rear screen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-20) .
85A-16
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Screen washer pump: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - REMOVAL OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
113501
a
Note:
Mark the routing of the supply pipes and wiring.
a Unclip the supply pipes.
a Disconnect the connector.
a Unclip the windscreen washer pump.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Fit the windscreen washer pump.
a Connect the connector.
a Clip on the supply pipes.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
85A-17
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Headlight washer pump: Removal - Refitting
85A
HEADLIGHT WASHERS WITH BLADE
REMOVAL
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel
arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the front wheel arch liner (see Front wheel
arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - REMOVAL OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
113502
a Unclip the supply pipes.
a Disconnect the connector.
a Unclip the headlight washer pump.
Note:
Mark the routing of the supply pipes and wiring.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on the headlight washer pump.
a Connect the connector.
a Clip on the supply pipes.
85A-18
WIPING - WASHING
Headlight washer jet: Removal - Refitting
HEADLIGHT WASHERS WITH BLADE
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112224
a Remove clip (1) .
a Disconnect the supply pipe.
a Remove the jet.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the jet.
a Connect the supply pipe.
a Refit the clip.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
85A-19
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Rear screen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting
85A
Special tooling required
Ele. 1781
Tool for removing windscreen
wiper arms
Tightening torquesm
wiper arm nut
12 N.m
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112423
a Mark the position of the rear screen wiper arm before removing it.
a Remove:
- the wiper arm nut (3) ,
- the wiper arm using the (Ele. 1781).
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a
Note:
112422
a Unclip the blanking cover by applying slight pressure
(1) on the clip (2) .
It is essential to initialise the rear screen wiper
motor in the park position.
a Operate the wiper switch to set the wiper motor in
the park position.
- move the switch from 0 to 1.
- move the switch from 1 to 0.
a Check that the wiper switch remains at position 0.
a Clean the motor shaft splines.
85A-20
WIPING - WASHING
Rear screen wiper arm: Removal - Refitting
112424
a Refit the wiper arm in the rest position.
a Torque tighten the wiper arm nut (12 N.m).
a Refit the blanking cover.
85A-21
85A
WIPING - WASHING
Windscreen washer reservoir: Removal - Refitting
85A
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Remove:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) .
a Refit:
- the bottle,
- bolt (1) .
a Clip:
- the filler neck,
II - REMOVAL OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
- the connector,
- the supply pipes.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the headlight (see 80B, Headlights, Headlight:
Removal - Refitting, page 80B-7) ,
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
113500
a Unclip:
- the filler neck,
- the supply pipes,
- the connector,
a Remove:
- the bolt (1) ,
- the bottle.
Note:
Mark the routing of the supply pipes and wiring.
85A-22
RADIO
Radio: List and location of components
86A
II - POSITION OF THE COMPONENTS
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
The radio system comprises:
- a radio control satellite (see 86A, Radio, Radio control satellite: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-19)
Radio control satellite
- a radio aerial (see 86A, Radio, Radio aerial: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-11)
- a radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8)
- a display (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-18)
- tweeters (see 86A, Radio, Tweeter: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-13)
- front speakers (see 86A, Radio, Front speakers:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-14)
- rear speakers (see 86A, Radio, Rear speakers: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-15)
RADIO NO. 05
- a receiver (see 86A, Radio, Receiver: Removal Refitting, page 86A-20)
103161
Radio aerial
RADIO NO. 08
- an offset multimedia socket (see 86A, Radio, Offset
multimedia socket: Removal - Refitting, page 86A21)
- an offset multimedia socket computer (see 86A, Radio, Offset multimedia socket computer: Removal
- Refitting, page 86A-23)
112951
The radio aerial is located on the roof in the rear section.
86A-1
RADIO
Radio: List and location of components
Radio
86A
Tweeter
113388
Display
112368
Front speaker
113389
86A-2
111925
RADIO
Radio: List and location of components
B85 or K85
RADIO NO. 05
Rear speaker
Tuner-amplifier
86A
113386
The receiver is located under the front right-hand seat.
111944
RADIO NO. 08
Offset multimedia socket
C85 or S85
Rear speaker
139853
113060
86A-3
RADIO
Radio: List and location of components
Offset multimedia socket computer
139622
The offset multimedia socket computer is located behind the dashboard centre front panel.
86A-4
86A
RADIO
Radio: Before/after repair procedure
The radio is protected by a four-digit code.
86A
1 - Entering the code using the steering column
control
ENTERING THE RADIO ANTI-THEFT CODE
RADIO NO. 01
a Switch on the ignition.
a Switch the radio on.
a Wait until 0000 appears on the central display and
the first 0 flashes.
127488
a Display the first digit by pressing the + or - buttons
on the steering column switch.
Confirm this digit by pressing the wheel on the steering column control.
Press on the right-hand button of the steering column control to move on to the second digit.
a Display the second digit by pressing the + or - buttons on the steering column control.
Confirm this digit by pressing the wheel on the steering column control.
Press on the right-hand button of the steering column control to move on to the third digit.
a Display the third digit by pressing the + or - buttons
on the steering column control.
Confirm this digit by pressing the wheel on the steering column control.
Press on the right-hand button of the steering column control to move on to the fourth digit.
a Display the fourth digit by pressing the + or - buttons
on the steering column control.
Confirm this digit by pressing the wheel on the steering column control.
Keep the wheel pressed to transfer this code to the
radio. As soon as the operation is complete, the confirmation beep will sound.
a If the code entered is correct, the radio operates.
86A-5
RADIO
Radio: Before/after repair procedure
a If the code is incorrect , the word CODE appears on
the display.
a Wait until 0000 appears on the screen and repeat
the operations again.
86A
a Switch the radio on.
a Wait until RADIO CODE 0000 appears on the central display and the first 0 flashes.
3 - Entering the code using the steering column
control
2 - Entering the code using the radio
18627
a Press on button 1 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the first digit.
127488
a Display the first digit by pressing the + or - buttons
on the steering column switch.
Press on button 2 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the second digit.
Press on button 3 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the third digit.
Press on button 4 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the fourth digit.
a As soon as the code is correctly displayed, press
and hold button 6 on the keypad to transfer this code
to the radio. As soon as the operation is complete,
the confirmation beep will sound.
Press on the right-hand button of the steering column control to move on to the second digit.
a Display the second digit by pressing the + or - buttons on the steering column control.
Press on the right-hand button of the steering column control to move on to the third digit.
a Display the third digit by pressing the + or - buttons
on the steering column control.
Press on the right-hand button of the steering column control to move on to the fourth digit.
a If the code entered is correct, the radio operates.
a If the code is incorrect , the word CODE appears on
the display.
a Wait until 0000 appears on the screen and repeat
the operations again.
a Display the fourth digit by pressing the + or - buttons
on the steering column control.
Keep the OK button pressed to transfer this code to
the radio. As soon as the operation is complete, the
confirmation beep will sound.
a If the code entered is correct, the radio operates.
RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03 or RADIO NO. 04
or RADIO NO. 05 or RADIO NO. 06 or RADIO NO.
07 or RADIO NO. 08
a Switch on the ignition.
a If the code is incorrect, the words ERROR CODE
appear on the display.
a Wait until RADIO CODE 0000 appears on the
screen and repeat the operations again.
86A-6
RADIO
Radio: Before/after repair procedure
86A
5 - Entering the code using the radio
4 - Entering the code using the rotary button on the
radio
18627
124303
a Press on button 1 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the first digit.
a Display the first digit by turning the rotary button on
the radio.
Press on button 2 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the second digit.
Press the right-hand button to move on to the second digit.
Press on button 3 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the third digit.
a Display the second digit by turning the rotary button
on the radio.
Press the right-hand button to move on to the third
digit.
a Display the third digit by turning the rotary button on
the radio.
Press the right-hand button to move on to the fourth
digit.
Press on button 4 of the keypad until the desired
number is obtained for the fourth digit.
a As soon as the code is correctly displayed, press
and hold button 6 on the keypad to transfer this code
to the radio. As soon as the operation is complete,
the confirmation beep will sound.
a If the code entered is correct, the radio operates.
a If the code is incorrect, the words ERROR CODE
appear on the display.
a Wait until RADIO CODE 0000 appears on the
screen and repeat the operations again.
a Display the fourth digit by turning the rotary button
on the radio.
Keep the OK button pressed to transfer this code to
the radio. As soon as the operation is complete, the
confirmation beep will sound.
a If the code entered is correct, the radio operates.
a If the code is incorrect, the words ERROR CODE
appear on the display.
a Wait until RADIO CODE 0000 appears on the
screen and repeat the operations again.
86A-7
RADIO
Radio: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Special tooling required
Ms. 1544
Ms. 1373
86A
Tool for removing radios Carm i n a t
B e c ke r
and
Cabasse.
RADIO NO. 05
CD multichanger radio
Tool for removing radios or
chronotachographs.
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
RADIO NO. 07
a If replacing, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (86A, R01-08).
112232
a Remove the radio (1) using the (Ms. 1544).
RADIO NO. 08
a If replacing, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (86A, R02-08).
a Switch off the ignition.
86A-8
RADIO
Radio: Removal - Refitting
86A
REFITTING
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03
or RADIO NO. 04 or RADIO NO. 06 or RADIO NO.
07 or RADIO NO. 08
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a
Single CD radio
WARNING
To ensure correct operation:
- do not pinch the aerial cable,
- do not bend the aerial cable,
- do not force the aerial cable when refitting.
a Connect the aerial.
112365
a Remove the radio (2) using the two (Ms. 1373).
a Disconnect the audio equipment connectors.
WARNING
To ensure correct operation:
137303
- do not pinch the aerial cable,
- do not bend the aerial cable,
- do not force the aerial cable when refitting.
a Disconnect the aerial.
a Clip on the aerial wiring at (3) .
a Connect the radio connectors.
a Refit the radio.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Carry out the necessary operations (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (86A, Radio).
RADIO NO. 07
a If replacing, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (86A, R01-08).
86A-9
RADIO
Radio: Removal - Refitting
RADIO NO. 08
a If replacing, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (86A, R02-08).
86A-10
86A
RADIO
Radio aerial: Removal - Refitting
86A
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Depending on the equipment level of the vehicle, remove the covers for the interior rear-view mirror in
order to disconnect the rain sensor connector (see
85A, Wiping - Washing, Rain and light sensor:
Removal - Refitting, page 85A-5) .
a Remove the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
112951
a Unclip the connector (1) .
a Remove the bolt (2) .
112590
a Carefully disconnect the various connectors.
a Remove the right-hand rear quarter panel trim (see
Quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
112413
a Unclip the connector(s) (depending on the version)
from the union board (3) .
a Remove the aerial.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the aerial.
a Tighten the bolt (2) .
86A-11
RADIO
Radio aerial: Removal - Refitting
a
Note:
Make sure that the wiring is in good condition.
Clip the connectors in place.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
a Depending on the level of equipment of the vehicle,
reconnect the rain sensor connector.
a Depending on the equipment level of the vehicle, refit the interior rear-view mirror covers (see 85A, Wiping - Washing, Rain and light sensor: Removal Refitting, page 85A-5) .
a Refit the right-hand rear quarter panel trim (see
Quarter panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
86A-12
86A
RADIO
Tweeter: Removal - Refitting
86A
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip on:
- the connector,
- the tweeter.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip on the tweeter grille.
112367
a Unclip the tweeter grille using a flat-blade screwdriver (1) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112368
a Unclip:
- the tweeter,
- the connector.
86A-13
RADIO
Front speakers: Removal - Refitting
86A
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the connector,
a Refit:
- the front speaker,
- the bolts (2) .
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Clip on the front speaker grille.
111924
a Remove the front speaker grille (1) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
111925
a Remove:
- the bolts (2) ,
- the front speaker.
a Disconnect the connector.
86A-14
RADIO
Rear speakers: Removal - Refitting
86A
REMOVAL
C85 or S85
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
B85 or K85
113059
a Unclip the rear speaker grille (1) .
111942
a Remove the rear door trim (see Rear side door
trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side
opening element trim).
86A-15
RADIO
Rear speakers: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
86A
C85 or S85
B85 or K85
113060
111944
a Remove:
- the bolts (3) ,
a Remove:
- the rear speaker.
- the bolts (2) ,
- the rear speaker.
a Disconnect the connector.
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
B85 or K85
a Connect the connector,
a Refit:
- the rear speaker,
- the bolts (2) .
C85 or S85
a Connect the connector.
a Refit:
- the rear speaker,
86A-16
RADIO
Rear speakers: Removal - Refitting
- the bolts (3) .
II - FINAL OPERATION.
B85 or K85
a Refit the rear door trim (see Rear side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening
element trim).
C85 or S85
a Clip in the rear speaker grille (1) .
86A-17
86A
RADIO
Display: Removal - Refitting
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Special tooling required
Car. 1597
86A
Trim removal lever.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
112451
a Unclip the display at (2) .
REFITTING
112450
a Unclip the display mounting (1) using the (Car.
1597).
a Disconnect the connectors.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the display onto the mounting.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the connectors.
a Clip on the display mounting.
86A-18
RADIO
Radio control satellite: Removal - Refitting
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a
Note:
The satellite radio control and the wiper stalk
form a single inseparable part.
a Remove the wiper switch (see 84A, Control - Signals, Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting,
page 84A-8) .
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the wiper switch (see 84A, Control - Signals,
Screen wiper switch: Removal - Refitting, page
84A-8) .
86A-19
86A
RADIO
Receiver: Removal - Refitting
RADIO NO. 05
Special tooling required
Ms. 1373
Tool for removing radios or
chronotachographs.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the cover from the tuner-amplifier compartment.
II - REMOVAL OPERATION FOR THE PART
CONCERNED
112231
a Remove the receiver (1) using two (Ms. 1373).
a Disconnect the connectors.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the connectors.
a Refit the receiver.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit the cover for the tuner-amplifier compartment.
86A-20
86A
RADIO
Offset multimedia socket: Removal - Refitting
86A
RADIO NO. 01 or RADIO NO. 02 or RADIO NO. 03 or RADIO NO. 04
REMOVAL
REFITTING
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a
a Open the glovebox.
Note:
When replacing the offset audio unit, replace the
wiring harness and check that the wiring harness
runs correctly to the radio.
(see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting,
page 86A-8) .
a Connect the offset audio unit connector.
a Refit:
- the offset audio unit,
- the offset audio unit bolts.
121936
a Remove:
- the offset audio unit bolts (1) ,
- the offset audio unit.
121935
a Disconnect the offset audio unit connector.
86A-21
RADIO
Offset multimedia socket: Removal - Refitting
86A
RADIO NO. 08
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Switch off the ignition.
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).
a Clip the offset multimedia socket onto the lower centre trim.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Fit the lower centre trim.
a Connect the offset multimedia socket connectors.
a Clip on the lower centre trim.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).
112366
a Unclip the lower centre trim at (1) and (2) .
a Disconnect the offset multimedia socket connectors.
a Remove the lower centre trim.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
139591
a Remove the offset multimedia socket by pressing on
the clips at (3) .
86A-22
RADIO
Offset multimedia socket computer: Removal - Refitting
86A
RADIO NO. 08
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove:
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
- the central console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).
139622
a Remove the bolts (3) from the offset multimedia
socket computer.
a Separate the offset multimedia socket computer
from its housing.
a Disconnect the offset multimedia socket computer
connectors (4) .
a Remove the offset multimedia socket computer.
112366
a Unclip the lower centre trim at (1) and (2) .
a Disconnect the offset multimedia socket connectors.
a Remove:
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the control panel (see Control panel: Removal Refitting) (61A, Heating).
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Fit the offset multimedia socket computer.
a Connect the offset multimedia socket computer connectors.
a Refit the offset multimedia socket computer.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Refit:
- the control panel (see Control panel: Removal Refitting) (61A, Heating),
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment).
a Fit the lower centre trim.
a Connect the offset multimedia socket connectors.
a Clip on the lower centre trim.
86A-23
RADIO
Offset multimedia socket computer: Removal - Refitting
RADIO NO. 08
a Refit:
- the central console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (57A, Interior equipment),
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of
components) (86A, Radio).
86A-24
86A
CAR PHONE
Car phone: List and location of components
86B
CAR PHONE PRE-EQUIPMENT or HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE KIT
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
Computer
The « car phone » consists of:
- a telephone aerial
- a computer
- a "hands-free" microphone
- a telephone control on the steering wheel
II - LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
Telephone aerial
128777
"Hands-free" microphone
128779
To remove the telephone aerial (see 86A, Radio, Radio aerial: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-11) .
128774
86B-1
CAR PHONE
Car phone: List and location of components
CAR PHONE PRE-EQUIPMENT or HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE KIT
Telephone control at steering wheel
109918
To remove the steering wheel car phone control (see
86A, Radio, Radio control satellite: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-19) .
86B-2
86B
CAR PHONE
Computer: Removal - Refitting
86B
CAR PHONE PRE-EQUIPMENT or HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE KIT
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Note:
The computer is fitted behind the dashboard centre
front panel under the radio.
REMOVAL
REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) .
a Remove the dashboard centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting)
128778
a Disconnect the computer connectors (2) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the computer connectors.
a Refit the computer.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the dashboard centre front panel (see Centre
front panel: Removal - Refitting)
a Connect the battery (see Battery: Removal - Refitting) .
128777
a Remove the computer (1) .
a If replacing the computer, carry out the necessary
operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault
finding - Replacement of components) (86B, Car
phone).
86B-3
CAR PHONE
"Hands-free" microphone: Removal - Refitting
86B
CAR PHONE PRE-EQUIPMENT or HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE KIT
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the computer (see 86B, Car phone, Computer: Removal - Refitting, page 86B-3) .
128775
a Remove the “hands-free” microphone wire (2) from
the dashboard side panel.
112289
a Unclip the dashboard side panel on the passenger
side.
a Unclip the A-pillar trim on the passenger side (see
Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
128774
a Remove the “hands-free” microphone (3) from the
headlining.
128776
a Remove the “hands-free” microphone wire from the
A-pillar clips (1) .
86B-4
CAR PHONE
"Hands-free" microphone: Removal - Refitting
CAR PHONE PRE-EQUIPMENT or HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE KIT
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
128780
a Refit the “hands-free” microphone with its wire as
shown in the diagram above.
a Connect the “hands-free” microphone connector to
the computer.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip:
- the A-pillar trim (see Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) ,
- the dashboard side panel .
a Refit the computer (see 86B, Car phone, Computer: Removal - Refitting, page 86B-3) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
86B-5
86B
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing the UCH, carry out the necessary programming using the Diagnostic tool. (see Fault
finding - Replacement of components) (MR 394,
87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the storage compartment (see Glovebox:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
113228
a Unclip the connector mountings on the beam at (2) ,
a Remove the connector mountings at (3) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
VEHICLE WITH KEY
113224
a Unclip the connectors from the beam.
113225
a Unclip the connectors.
87B-1
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
113227
a Remove the bolt (4) .
113226
a Remove the UCH at (6) , (7) .
112462
a Unclip the rear section of the UCH by pressing on
the lugs (5) with a small flat-blade screwdriver.
112462
a Unclip the UCH from its mounting.
87B-2
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH CARD
112807
a Remove the UCH (10) , (11) .
112808
a Unclip the first row of connectors.
a Remove the bolt (8) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
VEHICLE WITH KEY
a Fit the front section of the UCH,
a Clip the rear section of the UCH,
a Tighten the bolt (4) ,
a Clip the connectors in place.
112809
a Unclip the second row of connectors (9) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Fit the UCH,
a Tighten the bolt (8) ,
a Clip the connectors in place.
87B-3
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip:
- the connector mountings on the beam,
- the connectors.
a Refit the storage compartment (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a If replacing the UCH, carry out the necessary programming using the Diagnostic tool. (see Fault
finding - Replacement of components) (MR 394,
87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
87B-4
87B
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a When replacing the UCH, carry out the necessary
operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault
finding - Replacement of components) (MR 394,
87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
112279
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the door seal,
a Remove the dashboard side face (4) .
112275
a Unclip the moulding at (1) .
112278
a Remove:
- the bolt (5) ,
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
112276
a Remove:
- the plastic rivet (2) ,
- bolt (3) .
112277
a Remove the dashboard trim (7) while unclipping the
connectors.
87B-5
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112285
a Unclip the connectors on the beam (9) .
112280
a Remove the connector mountings at (11) .
II - REMOVAL STAGE FOR THE PART
CONCERNED.
VEHICLE WITH KEY
112281
a Unclip the connector mountings on the beam at (10)
.
112284
a Unclip the connectors.
87B-6
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112283
a Remove the bolt (12) .
112282
a Remove the UCH at (14) , (15) .
112462
a Unclip the rear section of the UCH by pressing on
the lugs (13) with a small flat-blade screwdriver.
112462
a Unclip the UCH from its mounting.
87B-7
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
87B
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH CARD
112949
a Remove the UCH (17) , (18) .
112950
a Unclip the first row of connectors,
a Remove the bolt (16) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING STAGE FOR THE PART
CONCERNED.
VEHICLE WITH KEY
a Fit the front section of the UCH,
a Clip the rear section of the UCH,
a Tighten the bolt (12) ,
a Clip the connectors in place.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Fit the UCH,
112948
a Unclip the second row of connectors.
a Tighten the bolt (16) ,
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Clip:
- the connector mountings on the beam,
87B-8
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
UCH: Removal - Refitting
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
- the connectors on the beam,
- the dashboard trim.
a Tighten the bolts (3) , (5) ,
a Clip:
- the plastic rivet,
- the dashboard side panel,
- the dashboard moulding,
- the door seal,
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a If replacing the UCH, carry out the necessary programming using the Diagnostic tool. (see Fault
finding - Replacement of components) (MR 394,
87B, Passenger compartment connection unit).
87B-9
87B
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Opening elements management: List and location of components
87C
II - RENAULT CARD
No.
Description
(1)
UCH
(2)
Renault card (simple or handsfree)
(3)
Key equipped with remote control locking
(4)
Locking - unlocking motor
(5)
Specific reception receivers in
the handles and the rear
bumper
(6)
Proximity and movement sensor
(7)
Locking button on the handles
(8)
Tailgate locking switch
(9)
Tailgate lock
(10)
Tailgate opening switch
(11)
Lock motor for the fuel filler flap
(12)
Central locking switch
101930
RENAULT card (2) (simple or hands-free)
III - REMOTE CONTROL KEY
I - UCH
107734
Remote control key (3)
112284
UCH (1)
87C-1
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Opening elements management: List and location of components
87C
IV - DOOR LOCKING / UNLOCKING MOTOR
113333
108067
Locking - unlocking motor integrated in the door locks
(4)
Opening receiver integrated in the rear bumper
VI - HANDS-FREE TAILGATE SWITCH
V - OPENING RECEIVERS INTEGRATED IN
HANDLES WITH HANDS-FREE FUNCTION AND
THE REAR BUMPER
101625
Tailgate locking switch (8) (hands-free version)
101902
Opening receiver integrated in the exterior handles (5)
(hands-free version)
Presence and motion sensor (6) (hands-free version),
Locking button (7) (hands-free version)
87C-2
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Opening elements management: List and location of components
VII - TAILGATE LOCK
87C
IX - LOCK MOTOR FOR THE FUEL FILLER FLAP
112417
Tailgate lock (9)
112414
Lock motor for the fuel filler flap (11)
VIII - TAILGATE OPENING SWITCH
X - CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
112418
Tailgate opening switch (10)
112444
Central door locking switch (12)
XI - LOCATION OF OPENING RECEIVERS AND
COVERAGE ZONE
These receivers are only fitted to hands-free version
vehicles.
87C-3
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Opening elements management: List and location of components
113219
87C-4
87C
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Tailgate opening switch: Removal - Refitting
87C
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening
element trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
101922
a Squeeze the clips (1) .
a Take out the control.
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
112418
a Access the control via the tailgate interior.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the connector.
a Clip on the tailgate opening control.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening element
trim).
87C-5
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Tailgate locking switch: Removal - Refitting
87C
VEHICLE WITH CARD
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
Note:
The tailgate locking switch is only present on
vehicles equipped with hands-free.
a Remove the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening
element trim).
101625
a Squeeze the clips (2) and remove the switch towards the rear of the vehicle.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the switch.
113330
a Connect the connector.
a Remove the badge using tool (Car. 1363).
II - FINAL OPERATION.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
113329
113328
a Refit:
a Disconnect the connector (1) .
- the badge,
87C-6
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Tailgate locking switch: Removal - Refitting
VEHICLE WITH CARD
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim).
87C-7
87C
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Fuel filler flap locking motor: Removal - Refitting
87C
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter
panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim).
112414
a Disconnect the connector (2) .
a Unfasten clip (3) .
a Remove the motor.
108364
a
REFITTING
Note:
I - REFITTING PART CONCERNED
During an electrical fault, activate the motor manually by raising the catch (1) .
a Refit the motor.
a Check that the motor is in the correct position (fuel
filler flap unlocked).
a Clip on the motor clip.
a Connect the connector.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter panel
trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
87C-8
OPENING ELEMENT MANAGEMENT
Opening aerial: Removal - Refitting
87C
VEHICLE WITH CARD
REMOVAL
2 - Opening receiver integrated in the rear bumper
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
1 - Opening aerials integrated in the door handles
a Remove the door handle (see Exterior door handle: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 51A, Side opening element mechanisms).
2 - Opening receiver integrated in the rear bumper
a Remove the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
1 - Opening aerials integrated in the door handles
113333
a Unclip the aerial by pushing the clips (1) .
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
1 - Opening aerials integrated in the door handles
a Refit the door handle (see Exterior door handle:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms).
101931
a The handle - aerial - presence and movement sensor assembly cannot be dismantled.
2 - Opening receiver integrated in the rear bumper
a Connect the connector.
a Clip the aerial onto the bumper.
a Refit the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
87C-9
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Electric window: List and location of components
87D
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER ELECTRIC ONETOUCH WINDOW CONTROL, and ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
II - DRIVER'S WINDOW LIFT SWITCH BOARD
No.
Description
(1)
UCH
(2)
Driver's window
switch board
(3)
Passenger window lift
switch board
(4)
Rear window lift switch
board
lift
I - UCH
112429
Driver's window lift switch board (2)
III - PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SWITCH BOARD
112284
UCH (1)
102300
Passenger window lift switch board (3)
87D-1
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Electric window: List and location of components
87D
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER ELECTRIC ONETOUCH WINDOW CONTROL, and ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
IV - REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCH BOARD
113260
Rear window lift switch board (4)
87D-2
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Front electric window switches on driver's door: Removal - Refitting
87D
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER ELECTRIC ONETOUCH WINDOW CONTROL
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the driver's front side door trim (see Front
side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side
opening element trim).
a Refit:
- the electric window switches onto the plate,
- the plate onto the front side door trim.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the driver's front side door trim (see Front side
door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side opening
element trim).
112356
a Remove the board by moving clips (1) and (2) .
118760
a Unclip the front electric window switches by pressing
on the clips (3) .
a Unclip the rear electric window switches by pressing
on the clips (4) .
87D-3
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Front electric window switch on passenger door: Removal - Refitting
87D
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER ELECTRIC ONETOUCH WINDOW CONTROL
Special tooling required
Car. 1363
Set of trim removal levers.
The front electric window switch (passenger side) is
clipped to a plate.
The plate is clipped to the door trim.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
119049
a Unclip the front window switch from the door handle
upper section by pressing the clips (2) .
a Remove the front door switch from the passenger
door.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Clip the front window switch on the door handle upper section.
102300
a Unclip the upper section (1) of the door handle using
the (Car. 1363).
a Connect the front electric window switch connector.
a Clip on the upper section of the door handle.
a Disconnect the front electric window switch connector.
87D-4
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Rear electric window switch: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85, and ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112427
a Remove:
- the blanking cover using a small flat-blade screwdriver,
- the board mounting bolt.
a Extract the board towards the front.
a Disconnect the connector.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Connect the connector.
a Refit the board inserting it from the rear.
a Refit:
- the board mounting bolt,
- the blanking cover.
87D-5
87D
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Child safety switch: Removal - Refitting
87D
B85 or K85, and ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Remove the driver's front side door trim (see Front
side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side
opening element trim).
a Refit:
- the child safety switch on the plate,
- the plate onto the front side door trim.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Remove the driver's front side door trim (see Front
side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (72A, Side
opening element trim).
112356
a Remove the board by moving clips (1) and (2) .
118760
a Remove the child safety switch by pressing on the
clips (3) .
87D-6
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Electric sunroof: List and location of components
87D
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
Sunroof mobile glass (2) .
No.
Description
(1)
UCH
(2)
Sunroof
glass
(3)
Sunroof open and
close switch
(4)
Sunroof motor/computer
III - SUNROOF OPEN AND CLOSE SWITCH
mobile
I - UCH
113259
Sunroof open and close switch (3) .
IV - SUNROOF MOTOR/COMPUTER
112284
UCH (1) .
113261
Sunroof motor/computer, located towards the rear of
the roof (4) .
II - SUNROOF MOBILE GLASS
113354
87D-7
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Sunroof opening motor: Removal - Refitting
87D
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
Tightening torquesm
motor bolts
4 N.m
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) (MR 392, 80A,
Battery).
a Remove the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
113230
a
Note:
If there is an electrical fault with the motor, it is
possible to move the sunroof manually (2) using
an Allen key.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112566
a Disconnect the sunroof supply and control connector (1) .
113261
a Disconnect the connector.
a Remove:
- the motor bolts (3) ,
- the motor.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the motor.
87D-8
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Sunroof opening motor: Removal - Refitting
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
a Torque tighten the motor bolts (4 N.m).
a Connect the connector.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) (MR 392, 80A, Battery).
a Carry out the necessary operations without the diagnostic tool (see Battery: Initialisation) (MR 394,
80A, Battery).
87D-9
87D
ELECTRIC WINDOWS - SUNROOF
Sunroof opening control: Removal - Refitting
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112572
a Unclip the roof opening control using a flat-blade
screwdriver (1) .
a Disconnect the connectors.
REFITTING
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Connect the connectors.
a Clip the sunroof opening control.
87D-10
87D
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control: List and location of components
87F
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
I - LIST OF COMPONENTS
Rear parking distance control buzzer (2)
The parking distance control function consists of:
- rear proximity sensors,
- a parking distance control buzzer,
- a parking distance control computer,
- a parking distance control switch.
II - LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
Rear proximity sensors (1)
115185
Parking distance control computer (3)
127354
115187
127353
87F-1
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control: List and location of components
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
Parking distance control switch (4)
127358
87F-2
87F
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control switch: Removal - Refitting
87F
PROXIMITY RADAR
REMOVAL
I - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
112279
a Unclip the dashboard side panel (4) .
112275
a Unclip the trim (1) .
112278
a Remove:
- the lower mounting bolt (5) ,
112276
- the lower cover trim (6) .
a Remove:
- the plastic rivet (2) ,
- the upper mounting bolt (3) .
112277
a Remove the lower cover (7) .
a Disconnect the connectors.
87F-3
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control switch: Removal - Refitting
PROXIMITY RADAR
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
116064
a Unclip the parking proximity sensor switch by pressing on the clips (8) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the parking proximity sensor switch onto the
lower cover.
II - FINAL OPERATION
a Connect the lower cover connectors.
a Refit:
- the lower cover,
- the lower cover trim,
- the lower mounting bolt.
a Clip on the dashboard side panel.
a Refit:
- the upper mounting bolt,
- the plastic rivet.
a Clip the trim piece in place.
87F-4
87F
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control buzzer: Removal - Refitting
87F
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
REMOVAL
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter panel
trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter
panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
115185
a Disconnect the connector (1) from the parking distance control buzzer.
a Remove:
- the parking distance control buzzer rivets (2) by
turning them a quarter of a turn,
- the parking distance control buzzer.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the parking distance control buzzer,
- the parking distance control buzzer rivets.
a Connect the parking distance control buzzer connector.
87F-5
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Parking distance control computer: Removal - Refitting
87F
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear left-hand wheel arch liner (see
Rear wheel arch trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 71A, Body internal trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
115187
a Disconnect the connector (2) from the parking distance control computer.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the parking distance control computer connector.
a Position the computer on its support.
a Tighten the parking distance control computer bolts.
115186
a Undo the parking distance control computer bolts (1)
without removing them.
a Remove the computer upwards.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear left-hand wheel arch liner (see Rear
wheel arch trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
a If replacing the parking distance control computer,
carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of
components) (MR 394 , 87F, Parking distance control).
87F-6
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Proximity radar: Removal - Refitting
87F
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
REMOVAL
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
WARNING
The distance control radars are fragile. Handle
with care as the external part cannot withstand
impacts.
115050
115051
a Disconnect the connectors (1) from the proximity radar.
a Remove the radars by pressing on the clips (2) .
REFITTING
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the proximity radars onto the bumper.
87F-7
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL
Proximity radar: Removal - Refitting
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
a Connect the connectors to the proximity radars.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
87F-8
87F
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
Protection and Switching Unit: Removal - Refitting
II - REMOVAL STAGE FOR THE PART
CONCERNED
Special tooling required
Car. 1597
87G
Trim removal lever.
Tightening torquesm
engine compartment
connection unit bolts
4 Nm
engine compartment
connection unit cover
bolts
4 Nm
IMPORTANT
Never apply pressure to the engine compartment
connection unit joint face (risk of moisture entering).
If the joint face is damaged, the unit will need to be
replaced.
112213
a Remove:
REMOVAL
- the bolts (1) from the engine compartment connection unit cover,
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
- the cover.
a In the event of replacement:
- Carry out the necessary programming (see MR
394 Fault finding, 87G, Engine compartment
connection unit, Fault finding - Replacement of
components).
a Remove the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery
tray: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5)
112212
a Unclip each Protection and Switching Unit connector
by pressing the connector retaining lug, without applying any pressure to the unit joint face.
87G-1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
Protection and Switching Unit: Removal - Refitting
87G
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
112211
a
Remove:
116950
a Position the Protection and Switching Unit by inserting it at an angle into the unit (5) .
- the engine compartment connection unit bolts,
- the engine compartment connection unit.
a Clip the Protection and Switching Unit into the unit
until you hear the characteristic « click » , indicating
that it is correctly positioned.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Fit the engine compartment connection unit in the
engine compartment.
a Torque tighten the engine compartment connection unit bolts (4 Nm).
a Clip on the connectors; the characteristic « click »
noise tells you that they are properly connected.
a Check that the wiring is in good condition.
WARNING
It is essential to observe the wiring harness routing to prevent it being damaged during refitting.
112210
a Position the wiring foam pads and seals in their
housings.
a Insert the (Car. 1597), observing the correct engagement position (2) .
a Apply pressure at (3) using the tool to unclip the Protection and Switching Unit.
a Remove the Protection and Switching Unit at (4) .
WARNING
The joint faces should be clean and dry.
a Check the condition and position of the seal on the
cover.
87G-2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CONNECTION UNIT
Protection and Switching Unit: Removal - Refitting
112213
a Fit the cover on the engine compartment connection
unit, starting by inserting it at (6) .
WARNING
Position this part correctly; its position is determined by the position of the inner reinforcements.
a Torque tighten the engine compartment connection unit cover bolts (4 Nm) (7) .
FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery
tray: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) .
a In the event of replacement:
- Carry out the necessary programming (see MR
394 Fault finding, 87G, Engine compartment
connection unit, Fault finding - Replacement of
components).
87G-3
87G
WIRING HARNESS
Headlining wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
REMOVAL
REFITTING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Depending on the equipment level of the vehicle, remove the covers for the interior rear-view mirror in
order to disconnect the rain sensor connector (see
85A, Wiping - Washing, Rain and light sensor:
Removal - Refitting, page 85A-5) .
a
Note:
It is possible to replace the headlining and keep
the wiring harness, and vice-versa.
a Remove the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
The wiring harness cannot be repaired. It must
be replaced if it is cut, broken or burnt.
a Use a pasting nozzle to refit the wiring harness.
a Paste the wiring harness onto the routing that was
marked out.
WARNING
The position of the connectors in relation to the
side of the headlining must be respected. A mark
on the harness must coincide with the edge of
the headlining.
a Cut the bead, taking care not to damage the wiring
harness.
Note:
It is also possible to leave the faulty harness in
place, and to glue the new harness alongside it.
112590
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Gently disconnect the wiring harness connector.
a Refit the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Depending on the level of equipment of the vehicle,
reconnect the rain sensor connector.
a Depending on the equipment level of the vehicle, refit the interior rear-view mirror covers (see 85A, Wiping - Washing, Rain and light sensor: Removal Refitting, page 85A-5) .
112885
a Mark out the routing of the wiring harness.
a Gently detach the wiring harness.
88A-1
WIRING HARNESS
Computers: List and location of components
No.
Description
(1)
Passenger compartment fuse and
relay box
(2)
UCH
(3)
Injection ECU
(4)
Protection and Switching Unit
(5)
Automatic gearbox electric control unit
(6)
Preheating unit
(7)
Electric control unit for discharge bulbs
- additional cornering lights
88A
(8)
Engine fuse and relay box - power supply fuse board
(9)
ABS - ESP electric control unit
(10)
Radio - telephone electric control unit
(11)
Radio
(12)
Yaw speed and lateral acceleration
sensor
(13)
Airbag - pretensioner electric control
unit
113097
88A-2
WIRING HARNESS
Computers: List and location of components
Note:
There are two types of UCH depending on the vehicle equipment level:
- a specific UCH for key-operated vehicles,
- a specific UCH for vehicles operated with a
Renault card.
COMPUTERS INTEGRATED INTO COMPONENTS
113261
The sunroof electric control unit is integrated into the
motor (14) (anti-pinch function).
112358
The anti-pinch function is integrated into the window
winder motor (15) .
88A-3
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Diagnostic socket: List and location of components
112443
The diagnostic socket is located on the bottom part of
the dashboard, above the centre console.
Remove the flap (1) .
112444
Diagnostic socket (2) .
88A-4
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Wiring: Precautions for the repair
88A
I - SAFETY
II - GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS
1 - Potentially dangerous components
Do not connect an earth to a stud with insulating protection (paint,etc.).
Do not leave any unused +12V connectors exposed to
the air without any protection (see Connector: Sealing and locking) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
Do not use more than two earth terminals on the same
point.
Check that there is no contact between the wiring and
the fuel and brake pipes.
To prevent water flowing into the connectors, make a
low point just on the wiring routing (just before the connector).
Avoid mounting the wiring in areas with a temperature
above 100˚C.
2 - Advice to be followed before any operation
Before carrying out any work on the wiring, disconnect
the battery.
Do not use power earths on the same point as electronic earths.
For connections between fixed and mobile components, secure the wiring on the fixed part.
Overlapping of the battery feed wires (positive and
negative) causes disruption; they must be secured
separately.
Wiring mountings:
- use plastic clips, ensuring that the colour coding is respected,
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
-do not use steel clips that are not protected with rubber,
- keep the clips integrated into the wiring during a replacement operation,
- do not leave steering wheel wires without protection.
WARNING
Check that:
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear, short
circuits, etc. after the refitting operation, mark the
wiring routing and how to connect the connectors.
- the shunts are correctly secured,
- the connectors are correctly housed and locked.
Wiring routing:
3 - Instructions to be followed during the operation
- when it is visible it must be aesthetically pleasing, and
resemble the routing marked during removal,
- prohibit wiring routing in grooves and overlaps (risk of
wear through friction),
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings
(retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape, connector, etc.).
- prohibit mounting several wires on the same clip,
- do not lock the connectors or wiring in areas that are
sensitive to drilling (number plate etc.).
To prevent the wiring from being damaged, check that
the surrounding area is not mechanically harmful (e.g.:
door windows, sharp corners, burrs, studs, etc.).
The wiring should be at least 30 mm away from any
moving components (belt, pulley, steering column,
etc.).
Depending on the surrounding area, check that the unused connectors respect the necessary sealing constraints (see Connector: Sealing and locking)
(Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
All of the connections (connectors) used in the engine
compartment are sealed; do not remove the seal from
around the connectors.
88A-5
WIRING HARNESS
Front bumper wiring: Connector access
88A
FOG LIGHTS
I - LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
123661
a R 33 connector (front end panel/front bumper connection).
a Remove the front section of the front left-hand wheel
arch liner (see Front wheel arch liner: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - ACCESS TO CONNECTORS
a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring:
Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
111991
a Disconnect the R 33 connector.
88A-6
WIRING HARNESS
Front bumper wiring: Connector access
FOG LIGHTS
88A-7
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Front bumper wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
FOG LIGHTS
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
a Remove:
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
REMOVAL
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
123661
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
88A-8
WIRING HARNESS
Front bumper wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
FOG LIGHTS
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Check the operation of the fog lights.
116848
a Disconnect the (2) fog light connector (1) .
a Mark the routing of the wiring in the front bumper.
a Unclip the front bumper wiring (3) .
a Remove the wiring.
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Reconnect the fog light connector.
a Clip the wiring onto the front bumper in the position
marked during the removal operation.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
88A-9
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Connector access
88A
I - LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
123665
a Connection R 107 (front left-hand wiring/dashboard
wiring connection) composed of two to four connectors depending on equipment.
123670
a R 374 connector (front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand
wiring connection).
88A-10
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Connector access
88A
123806
a Connection R 67 (front left-hand wiring/engine wiring harness connection) composed of two to three
connectors depending on equipment.
II - ACCESS TO CONNECTORS
a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring:
Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
111991
a R 33 connector (front left-hand wiring/front bumper
wiring connection).
88A-11
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Connector access
88A
1 - Access to the R 107 connectors
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112381
a Remove:
- the dashboard lower trim bolt (4) .
112379
a Remove the dashboard side face (1) .
112380
a Remove:
- the dashboard trim piece (2) ,
- the dashboard lower trim bolt (3) .
88A-12
- the dashboard lower trim.
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Connector access
88A
123665
a Disconnect the connectors from connection R 107.
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Remove the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
113224
a Disconnect the connectors from connection R 107.
88A-13
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Connector access
2 - Access to the R 374 connector
a Remove the front left-hand door sill lining (see Front
door sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
123670
a Disconnect the R 374 connector.
3 - Access to the R 67 connector
112213
a Remove:
- the bolts (5) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
88A-14
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Connector access
88A
123806
a Disconnect the connectors from connection R 67.
4 - Access to the R 33 connector
a Remove the front section of the front left-hand wheel
arch liner (see Front wheel arch liner: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
111991
a Disconnect the R 33 connector.
88A-15
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior
protection),
Tightening torquesm
earth cable nut on the
body
8 Nm
earth wiring nut to the
brake hydraulic unit
8 Nm
earth wiring nut on the
front left-hand side
member
8 Nm.
earth wiring nut on the
front right-hand side
member
8 Nm.
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
D4F or F4R or K4J or K4M or M4R
a Remove the petrol injection computer (see Petrol
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 17B, Petrol injection).
K9K
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
a Remove the diesel injection computer (see Diesel
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 13B, Diesel injection).
WARNING
a Remove:
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
- the injection computer mounting,
Note:
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim).
It is not necessary to remove the dashboard to
access the pedal wiring.
REMOVAL
REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Remove:
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the air filter unit (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
112379
a Remove the dashboard side face (1) .
88A-16
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112380
112213
a Remove:
a Remove:
- the dashboard trim piece (2) ,
- the bolts (5) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the dashboard lower trim bolt (3) .
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
112381
a Remove:
- the dashboard lower trim bolts (4) ,
- the dashboard lower trim.
a Disconnect the connectors depending on equipment.
88A-17
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
124239
a Disconnect the bidirectional windscreen and rear
screen washer pump connector (6) .
a Remove the earth wiring nut (7) from the front righthand side member.
a Disconnect:
- the right-hand headlight connectors (8) ,
- the bonnet switch connector (9) ,
- the horn connector (10) ,
- the left-hand headlight connectors (11) .
a Remove the earth wiring nut (12) from the front lefthand side member.
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Disconnect:
- the headlight washer pump connector (13) ,
- the discharge bulb computer connectors (14) .
88A-18
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
123806
a Disconnect:
- the front right-hand wheel speed sensor connector
(15) ,
- the brake hydraulic unit connector (16) .
a Remove the earth wiring nut (17) from the brake hydraulic unit.
a Disconnect:
- the battery protective fuse holder connectors (18) ,
- the power supply fuse board connector (19) ,
- the brake fluid level sensor connector (20) .
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (21) ,
a Remove (22) the earth wiring nut on the body.
a Disconnect the front left-hand wheel speed sensor
connector (23) .
88A-19
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
123805
a Disconnect:
- the accelerator pedal potentiometer connector (24)
,
- the brake light switch connector (25) ,
- the clutch pedal position sensor connectors (26) ,
- the front left-hand wiring/dashboard wiring connection (27) .
a Remove the windscreen wiper mechanism (see
85A, Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-10) (MR
392, 85A, Wiping - Washing).
a Unclip:
- the bulkhead wiring,
- the front bumper upper cross member wiring,
- the windscreen washer fluid reservoir wiring,
- the dashboard cross member wiring.
88A-20
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
B85
C85
123676
a Disconnect the front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand
wiring connection (28) .
a Unclip the front left-hand wiring.
123670
a Disconnect the front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand
wiring connection (29) .
a Unclip the front left-hand wiring.
a Unclip the front left-hand wiring on the bulkhead.
a Remove the bonnet lock cable (see Bonnet lock:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Remove the front left-hand wiring.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
88A-21
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
- the front right-hand wheel speed sensor connector.
a Refit:
DISCHARGE LAMPS
- the front left-hand wiring,
a Connect:
- the bonnet lock cable (see Bonnet lock: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
- the discharge bulb computer connectors,
- the headlight washer pump connector.
a Clip:
- Unclip the front left-hand wiring on the bulkhead,
- the front left-hand wiring.
a Connect the front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand wiring connection.
a Clip:
a Refit the earth wiring nut on the front left-hand side
member.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nut on the front
left-hand side member (8 Nm.)
a Connect:
- the dashboard cross member wiring,
- the windscreen washer fluid reservoir wiring,
- the left-hand headlight connectors,
- the front bumper upper cross member wiring,
- the horn connector,
- the bulkhead wiring.
- the bonnet switch connector,
a Refit the windscreen wiper mechanism (see 85A,
Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-10) (MR 392,
85A, Wiping - Washing).
a Connect:
- the front left-hand wiring/dashboard wiring connection.
- the clutch pedal position sensor connectors,
- the right-hand headlight connectors.
a Refit the earth wiring nut on the front right-hand side
member.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nut on the front
right-hand side member (8 Nm.)
a Disconnect the bidirectional windscreen and rear
screen washer pump connector.
- the brake light switch connector,
FINAL OPERATION.
- the accelerator pedal potentiometer connector.
a Disconnect the front left-hand wheel speed sensor
connector.
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
a Refit the earth wiring nut on the body.
a Torque tighten the earth cable nut on the body (8
Nm).
a Connect:
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
a Connect the connectors depending on equipment.
- the brake fluid level sensor connector,
a Refit:
- the power supply fuse board connector,
- the dashboard lower trim,
- the battery protective fuse holder connectors.
- the dashboard lower trim bolts.
a Refit the earth wiring nut to the brake hydraulic unit.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nut to the brake
hydraulic unit (8 Nm).
a Tighten the dashboard lower trim bolts.
a Refit:
a Connect:
- the dashboard trim piece,
- the brake hydraulic unit connector,
- the dashboard side panel.
88A-22
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit:
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the injection computer support.
K9K
a Remove the diesel injection computer (see Diesel
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 13B, Diesel injection).
D4F or F4R or K4J or K4M or M4R
a Remove the petrol injection computer (see Petrol
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 17B, Petrol injection).
a Refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior
protection),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the air filter unit (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-23
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
D4F or F4R or K4J or K4M or M4R
Tightening torquesm
earth cable nut on the
body
8 Nm
earth wiring nut to the
brake hydraulic unit
8 Nm
earth wiring nut on the
front left-hand side
member
8 Nm.
earth wiring nut on the
front right-hand side
member
8 Nm.
a Remove the petrol injection computer (see Petrol
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 17B, Petrol injection).
K9K
a Remove the diesel injection compute r (see Diesel
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 13B, Diesel injection).
IMPORTANT
a Remove:
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
- the injection computer mounting,
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
Note: It is not necessary to remove the dashboard
to access the pedal wiring.
- the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
REMOVAL
REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Remove:
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the air filter unit (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior
protection),
112213
a Remove:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
88A-24
- the bolts (1) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
124239
a Disconnect the bidirectional windscreen and rear
screen washer pump connector (2) .
a Remove the earth wiring nut (3) from the front righthand side member.
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Disconnect:
a Disconnect:
- the headlight washer pump connector (9) ,
- the discharge bulb computer connectors (10) .
- the right-hand headlight connectors (4) ,
- the bonnet switch connector (5) ,
- the horn connector (6) ,
- the left-hand headlight connectors (7) .
a Remove the earth wiring nut (8) from the front lefthand side member.
88A-25
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
123806
a Disconnect:
- the front right-hand wheel speed sensor connector
(11) ,
- the brake hydraulic unit connector (12) .
a Remove the earth wiring nut (13) from the brake hydraulic unit.
a Disconnect:
- the battery protective fuse holder connectors (14) ,
- the power supply fuse board connector (15) ,
- the brake fluid level sensor connector (16) ,
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (17) ,
a Remove (18) the general earth wiring nut on the
body.
a Disconnect the front left-hand wheel speed sensor
connector (19) .
123894
a Disconnect:
- the accelerator pedal potentiometer connector (20)
,
- the brake light switch connector (21) ,
88A-26
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
- the clutch pedal position sensor connectors (22) .
B85
123763
a the front left-hand wiring/dashboard wiring connection (23) .
a Remove the windscreen wiper mechanism (see
85A, Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-10) (MR
392, 85A, Wiping - Washing).
123670
a Disconnect the front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand
wiring connection (24) .
a Unclip the front left-hand wiring.
a Unclip the pedal wiring.
a Unclip:
- the bulkhead wiring,
- the front bumper upper cross member wiring,
- the windscreen washer fluid reservoir wiring,
- the dashboard cross member wiring.
88A-27
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
C85
a Refit:
- the front left-hand wiring,
- the bonnet lock cable (see Bonnet lock: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
a Clip:
- the front left-hand wiring on the bulkhead,
- the front left-hand wiring.
a Connect the front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand wiring connection.
a Clip:
- the dashboard cross member wiring,
- the windscreen washer fluid reservoir wiring,
- the front bumper upper cross member wiring,
- the bulkhead wiring.
123676
a Disconnect the front left-hand wiring/rear left-hand
wiring connection (25) .
a Unclip the front left-hand wiring.
a Clip the pedal wiring.
a Refit the windscreen wiper mechanism (see 85A,
Wiping - Washing, Windscreen wiper mechanism: Removal - Refitting, page 85A-10) (MR 392,
85A, Wiping - Washing).
a Connect:
- the front left-hand wiring/dashboard wiring connection,
a Unclip the front left-hand wiring on the bulkhead.
- the clutch pedal position sensor connectors,
a Remove the bonnet lock cable (see Bonnet lock:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 52A, Non-side opening element mechanisms).
a Remove the front left-hand wiring.
- the brake light switch connector,
- the accelerator pedal potentiometer connector.
a Disconnect the front left-hand wheel speed sensor
connector.
a Refit the general earth wiring nut on the body.
WARNING
a Torque tighten the earth cable nut on the body (8
Nm).
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Connect:
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
- the brake fluid level sensor connector,
REFITTING
- the power supply fuse board connector,
- the battery protective fuse holder connectors.
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Refit the earth wiring nut to the brake hydraulic unit.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nut to the brake
hydraulic unit (8 Nm).
88A-28
WIRING HARNESS
Front left-hand wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Connect:
- the brake hydraulic unit connector,
K9K
- the front right-hand wheel speed sensor connector.
a Remove the diesel injection computer (see Diesel
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 13B, Diesel injection).
DISCHARGE LAMPS
a Connect:
- the discharge bulb computer connectors,
D4F or F4R or K4J or K4M or M4R
- the headlight washer pump connector.
a Remove the petrol injection computer (see Petrol
injection computer: Removal - Refitting) (MR
392, 17B, Petrol injection).
a Refit the earth wiring nut on the front left-hand side
member.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nut on the front
left-hand side member (8 Nm.)
a Refit:
a Connect:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front wheel arch liners (see Front wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior
protection),
- the left-hand headlight connectors,
- the horn connector,
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the bonnet switch connector,
- the right-hand headlight connectors.
a Refit the earth wiring nut on the front right-hand side
member.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nut on the front
right-hand side member (8 Nm.)
a Disconnect the bidirectional windscreen and rear
screen washer pump connector.
FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
a Refit:
- the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the injection computer support.
88A-29
- the air filter unit (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) .
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
I - LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
123808
88A-30
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
124225
a R 67 connector (Engine wiring harness/front lefthand wiring connection).
a Depending on the engine, connection R 67 is composed of three or four connectors.
88A-31
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
K4J or K4M
123809
a R 37 connector (Engine wiring harness/injection
connection).
88A-32
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
D4F
124232
a R 37 connector (Engine wiring harness/injection
connection).
a R 235 connector (Automatic transmission wiring/
dashboard wiring connection).
88A-33
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
F4R
124228
a R 37 connector (Engine wiring harness/injection
connection).
88A-34
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
M4R
124220
a R 20 connector (Engine wiring harness/injection
connection).
a R 24 connector (Engine wiring harness/injection
connection).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1)
II - ACCESS TO CONNECTORS
a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring:
Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
88A-35
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
1 - Access to the R 67 connectors
112213
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) ,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
88A-36
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
123808
88A-37
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
124225
a Disconnect the R 67 connectors.
2 - Access to the R 37 connector
K4J or K4M
a Remove the front engine cover.
88A-38
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
123809
a Disconnect the R 37 connector.
D4F
a Remove the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture).
88A-39
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
124232
a Disconnect the R 37 connector.
88A-40
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
F4R
124228
a Disconnect the R 37 connector.
3 - Access to the R 235 connector
D4F
a Remove:
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the battery tray bracket (see 80A, Battery, Battery
tray: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) .
88A-41
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
124232
a Disconnect the R 235 connector.
4 - Access to the R 20 and R 24 connectors
M4R
a Remove the front engine cover.
88A-42
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Connector access
88A
124220
a Disconnect the R 20 and R 24 connectors.
88A-43
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K4J or K4M
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
Tightening torquesm
earth nuts on the front
left-hand side member
8 N.m
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
nut from the power feed
fuse board cable
6 Nm
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
fuel injection computer
earth wiring nut
8 Nm
earth wiring bolt on the
manual gearbox
24 Nm
earth wiring bolt on the
automatic transmission
44 Nm
nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
5 Nm
nut on the positive terminal of the starter
8 Nm
alternator positive terminal nut
24 Nm
IMPORTANT
112213
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
WARNING
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
a
REMOVAL
WARNING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Remove:
- the engine cover,
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
88A-44
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K4J or K4M
123809
a Disconnect:
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector (16) ,
- the air conditioning compressor connector (2) ,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector (17) ,
- the alternator exciter connector (3) .
- ,the crankshaft position sensor connector (18) ,
a Remove the nut (4) from the alternator positive terminal.
a Disconnect:
- the pinking sensor connector (5) ,
- the connector (6) from the oil pressure sensor,
- the oil level sensor connector (7) ,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector
(8) ,
- the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connector
(9) ,
- the inlet air pressure sensor connector (10) ,
- the throttle valve connector (11) ,
- the connector (12) from the camshaft position sensor,
- all coil connectors (13) ,
- the connector (14) from the air temperature sensor,
- the engine wiring/injection wiring connection (15) ,
88A-45
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector (19) .
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K4J or K4M
123808
a Remove the air resonator unit (see Air resonator:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture).
a Disconnect:
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector (20) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector
(21) ,
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (22) ,
- the fuel injection computer connectors (23) ,
- the front left-hand wiring connector (33) ,
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (24) ,
a Remove:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter,
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
- all earth cable nuts on the front left-hand side member (25) ,
- the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox (26) ,
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board,
- the fuse holder (27) ,
- the nut (28) from the power feed fuse board cable,
88A-46
- the fuel injection computer earth wiring nut (29) .
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
K4J or K4M
JH3 or JR5
109160
a Disconnect the reverse gear switch connector (30) .
88A-47
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K4J or K4M
DP0
124237
a Remove:
a
WARNING
- the left-hand suspended engine mounting (see
Left-hand suspended engine mounting: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 19D, Engine mounting),
- the automatic transmission computer (see Automatic gearbox converter: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 23A, Automatic transmission),
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Unclip:
- the sub-frame and cylinder block wiring,
a Disconnect:
- the engine cooling fan assembly wiring,
- the flow control solenoid valve connector (32) ,
- the intake manifold wiring.
- the automatic transmission module connector (31)
,
a Remove:
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing,
- the engine wiring harness.
WARNING
Protect the connector by sliding it into a waterproof plastic bag.
88A-48
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K4J or K4M
REFITTING
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board.
a Refit the fuel injection computer earth cable nut.
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Torque tighten the fuel injection computer earth
wiring nut (8 Nm).
JH3 or JR5
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Torque tighten the earth wiring bolt on the manual
gearbox (24 Nm).
a Refit:
- the engine wiring,
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing,
a Tighten the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on
the clutch housing,
DP0
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring bolt on the automatic transmission (44 Nm).
DP0
a Connect:
- the automatic transmission module connector,
a Refit:
- the flow control solenoid valve connector.
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter,
a Refit:
- the left-hand suspended engine mounting (see
Left-hand suspended engine mounting: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 19D, Engine mounting),
- the automatic transmission computer (see Automatic gearbox converter: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 23A, Automatic transmission),
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter.
a Tighten to torque:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
(5 Nm).
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (8
Nm).
a Connect:
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
- The front left-hand wiring connector,
JH3 or JR5
- the fuel injection computer connectors,
a Connect the reverse gear switch connector.
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector,
a Refit the automatic transmission and engine cooling
fan assembly earth wiring nuts on the front left-hand
side member.
a Torque tighten the earth nuts on the front lefthand side member (8 N.m).
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector.
a Refit the air resonator unit (see Air resonator: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture).
a Connect:
a Refit the nut from the power feed fuse board cable.
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector,
a Torque tighten the nut from the power feed fuse
board cable (6 Nm).
- the crankshaft position sensor connector,
a Refit:
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector,
- the fuse holder,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector,
- the engine wiring/injection wiring connection,
88A-49
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
K4J or K4M
- the air temperature sensor connector,
- all coil connectors,
- the camshaft position sensor connector,
- the throttle valve connector,
- the air inlet pressure sensor connector,
- the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connector,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector,
- the oil level sensor connector,
- the oil pressure sensor connector,
- the pinking sensor connector.
a Refit the alternator positive terminal nut.
a Torque tighten the alternator positive terminal nut
(24 Nm).
a Connect:
- the alternator exciter connector,
- the air conditioning compressor connector,
a Clip:
- the sub-frame and cylinder block wiring,
- the engine cooling fan assembly wiring,
- the intake manifold wiring.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
a Refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the engine cover.
88A-50
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
a Remove:
- the engine cover,
Tightening torquesm
sequential gearbox
earth wiring nuts on the
front left-hand side
member
8 Nm
heating element nuts
4 Nm
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
earth wiring bolt from
the heating element unit
support on the gearbox
21 Nm
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
nut from the power feed
fuse board cable
6 Nm
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
engine cooling fan
assembly earth cable
nut on the front lefthand side member
8 Nm
earth wiring bolt on the
gearbox
24 Nm
nut on the positive terminal of the starter
8 Nm
nut on the positive terminal of the starter
5 Nm
alternator positive terminal nut
24 Nm
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
112213
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
WARNING
- the pre-postheating unit (see Pre-postheating
unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 13C, Preheating).
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REMOVAL
a
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
88A-51
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
DIESEL SEPARATOR FILTER
124224
a Disconnect the water detection sensor connector (2)
from the diesel filter.
88A-52
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
124224
a Disconnect:
- the coolant temperature sensor connector (17) ,
- the crankshaft position sensor connector (18) .
- the air conditioning compressor connector (3) ,
- the alternator exciter connector (4) .
a Remove the nut (5) from the positive terminal of the
starter.
a Disconnect:
TL4
a Disconnect the connector (41) from the reverse gear
switch.
- the connector (6) from the oil pressure sensor,
- the oil level sensor connector (7) ,
a Disconnect the electric coolant pump (19) connector.
- the fuel flow actuator connector (8) ,
- the fuel pressure regulator connector (9) ,
- the fuel temperature sensor connector (10) ,
- the connector (11) from each injector,
- all heater plug connectors (12) ,
- the turbocharger pressure sensor connector (13) ,
- the turbocharging pressure regulation solenoid
valve connector (14) ,
- the fuel rail pressure sensor connector (15) ,
- the EGR cooler bypass control diaphragm solenoid
valve connector (16) ,
88A-53
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
124223
a Disconnect:
- the damper valve connector (20) ,
K9K, and 772
- the connector (21) from the camshaft position sensor,
a Disconnect:
- the connector (22) from the EGR solenoid valve,
- the connector (23) from the exhaust gas temperature sensor,
- the air flowmeter connector (24) ,
- the particle filter pressure sensor connector (25) ,
- the diesel injector connector (26) from the catalytic
pre-converter,
- the catalytic converter downstream temperature
sensor connector (27) ,
- the particle filter upstream temperature sensor connector (28) ,
- the particle filter downstream temperature sensor
connector (29) ,
88A-54
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
124226
a Disconnect:
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector (30) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector
(31) ,
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (32) ,
- the fuel injection computer connectors (33) ,
- the front left-hand wiring connectors (42) ,
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (34) ,
a Remove:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
- all earth wiring nuts (35) from the gearbox computer,
- the engine cooling fan assembly earth cable nut
(36) on the front left-hand side member,
- the gearbox earth wiring bolt (37) ,
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board,
- the fuse holders (38) ,
- the nut (39) from the power feed fuse board cable.
88A-55
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
K9K
JA5 or JH3 or JR5
109160
a Disconnect the reverse gear switch connector (40) .
JA5
a Remove the sequential gearbox computer (see Sequential gearbox converter: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 21B, Sequential gearbox).
88A-56
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
124224
a Disconnect the sequential gearbox pump assembly
connectors (43) .
a Unclip:
- the sub-frame and cylinder block wiring,
- the engine cooling fan assembly wiring,
- the cylinder head wiring.
a Remove:
K9K, and 772
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing,
a
Remove:
- the engine wiring harness.
- the heating element nuts (44) ,
REFITTING
- the earth wiring (45) from the heating element unit
support on the gearbox.
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
- the engine wiring,
88A-57
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
- the engine wiring mounting bolt on the clutch housing.
a Tighten the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on
the clutch housing.
a Torque tighten the engine cooling fan assembly
earth cable nut on the front left-hand side member (8 Nm).
a Refit:
- the fuse holders,
JA5
- the 30 A fuses from the power feed fuse board.
a Refit the sequential gearbox computer (see Sequential gearbox converter: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 21B, Sequential gearbox).
a Connect the sequential gearbox pump assembly
connectors.
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox.
a Tighten the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox (24
Nm).
a Refit:
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
a Refit the sequential gearbox earth wiring nuts on the
front left-hand side member.
a Torque tighten the sequential gearbox earth wiring nuts on the front left-hand side member (8
Nm).
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter.
a Tighten:
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (8
Nm),
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (5
Nm).
a Connect:
K9K, and 772
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
a Refit:
- the front left-hand wiring connectors,
- the heating element nuts,
- the earth wiring from the heating element unit support on the gearbox.
a Tighten:
- the diesel injection computer connectors,
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector,
- the heating element nuts (4 Nm),
- the earth wiring bolt from the heating element
unit support on the gearbox (21 Nm).
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector,
- the air flowmeter connector,
- the exhaust gas temperature sensor connector,
a Connect:
- the particle filter downstream temperature sensor
connector,
- the exhaust gas recirculation solenoid valve connector,
- the particle filter upstream temperature sensor connector,
- the camshaft position sensor connector,
- the catalytic converter downstream temperature
sensor connector,
- the electric coolant pump connector,
- the diesel injector connector to the catalytic preconverter,
- the crankshaft position sensor connector,
- the damper valve connector,
- the reverse gear switch connector,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector,
- the particle filter pressure sensor connector.
- the EGR cooler bypass control diaphragm solenoid
valve connector,
a Refit the nut from the power feed fuse board cable.
- the fuel rail pressure sensor connector,
a Torque tighten the nut from the power feed fuse
board cable (6 Nm).
- the turbocharging pressure regulation solenoid
valve connector,
a Refit the engine cooling fan assembly earth cable
nut on the front left-hand side member.
- the turbocharger pressure sensor connector,
88A-58
- all heater plug connectors,
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
K9K
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- all injector connectors,
- the fuel temperature sensor connector,
- the engine cover.
- the fuel pressure regulator connector,
- the fuel flow actuator connector,
- the oil level sensor connector,
- the oil pressure sensor connector.
a Refit the alternator positive terminal nut.
a Torque tighten the alternator positive terminal nut
(24 Nm).
a Connect:
- the alternator exciter connector,
- the air conditioning compressor connector.
DIESEL SEPARATOR FILTER
a Connect the water detection sensor connector on
the diesel filter.
a Clip:
- the wiring on the sub-frame and the cylinder block,
- the wiring on the engine cooling fan assembly,
- the wiring on the cylinder head.
FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the pre-postheating unit (see Pre-postheating
unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 13C, Preheating),
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
a Refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
88A-59
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
D4F, and 740 or 764
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
Tightening torquesm
nut for the positive terminal of the alternator
21 Nm
fuel injection computer
earth wiring nut
8 Nm
nut from the power feed
fuse board cable
6 Nm
earth wiring bolt on the
gearbox
24 Nm
nut on the positive terminal of the starter
8 Nm
nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
5 Nm
engine cooling fan
assembly earth cable
nut on the front lefthand side member
8 Nm
earth wiring nuts on the
gearbox computer
8 Nm
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
112213
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
WARNING
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
a
REMOVAL
WARNING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Remove:
- the engine cover,
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
88A-60
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
D4F, and 740 or 764
124231
a Disconnect:
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector (18) .
- the air conditioning compressor connector (2) ,
JA3
- the oil level sensor connector (3) ,
- the alternator exciter connector (4) .
a Remove the nut (5) from the alternator positive terminal.
a Disconnect the passenger compartment wiring harness/sequential gearbox wiring connection (17) .
a Disconnect:
- the connector (6) from the air temperature sensor,
- the pinking sensor connector (7) ,
- the connector (8) from the oil pressure sensor,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector (9) ,
- the engine wiring/injection wiring connection (10) ,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector
(11) ,
- the inlet air pressure sensor connector (12) ,
- the coil connector (13) ,
- the coil interference suppressor connector (14) ,
- the throttle valve connector (15) ,
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector (16) ,
88A-61
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
D4F, and 740 or 764
124233
a Disconnect:
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector (19) ,
JA3
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector
(20) ,
a Remove the earth wiring nuts (24) from the gearbox
computer.
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (21) ,
a Disconnect the computer connector (33) from the
sequential gearbox.
- the fuel injection computer connectors (22) ,
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (23) ,
- the front left-hand wiring connector (34) .
a Remove:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter,
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
- the gearbox earth wiring bolt (25) ,
- the 30 A fuses from the power feed fuse board,
- the fuse holders (26) ,
- the nut (27) from the power feed fuse board cable,
- the engine cooling fan assembly earth wiring nut
(28) on the front left-hand side member,
- the fuel injection computer earth wiring nut (29) .
88A-62
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
D4F, and 740 or 764
JA3
109160
a Disconnect the connector (30) from the reverse gear
switch.
117751
a Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector
(32) .
JH3
a
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Unclip:
- the cylinder head wiring,
- the engine cooling fan assembly wiring,
- the sub-frame and cylinder block wiring.
a Remove:
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing,
109725
a Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector
(31) .
- the engine wiring harness.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
88A-63
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
D4F, and 740 or 764
a Connect:
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
- the alternator exciter connector,
a Refit:
- the oil level sensor connector,
- the engine wiring,
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing.
- the air conditioning compressor connector.
a Refit the fuel injection computer earth cable nut.
a Tighten the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on
the clutch housing.
a Torque tighten the fuel injection computer earth
wiring nut (8 Nm).
a Connect:
a Refit the nut from the power feed fuse board cable.
- the crankshaft position sensor connector,
- the reverse gear switch connector,
a Torque tighten the nut from the power feed fuse
board cable (6 Nm).
- the front left-hand wiring connector,
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
- the fuse holders,
- the fuel injection computer connectors,
- the 30 A fuses from the power feed fuse board,
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector,
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox.
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector,
a Torque tighten the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox (24 Nm).
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector,
a Refit:
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector,
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector,
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter.
- the throttle valve connector,
a Tighten to torque:
- the coil interference suppressor connector,
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (8
Nm),
- the coil connector,
- the air inlet pressure sensor connector,
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
(5 Nm).
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector,
a Refit the engine cooling fan assembly earth wiring
nut on the front left-hand side member.
- the engine wiring harness/injection connection,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector,
a Torque tighten the engine cooling fan assembly
earth cable nut on the front left-hand side member (8 Nm).
- the oil pressure sensor connector,
- the pinking sensor connector,
- the air temperature sensor connector.
JA3
JA3
a Refit the earth wiring nuts on the gearbox computer.
a Connect:
- the passenger compartment wiring harness/sequential gearbox wiring connection,
a Torque tighten the earth wiring nuts on the gearbox computer (8 Nm).
- the sequential gearbox computer connector.
a Clip:
- the wiring on the sub-frame and the cylinder block,
a Refit the alternator positive terminal nut.
a Torque tighten the nut for the positive terminal of
the alternator (21 Nm).
88A-64
- the wiring on the engine cooling fan assembly,
- the wiring on the cylinder head.
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
D4F, and 740 or 764
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
a Refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the engine cover.
88A-65
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
F4R
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
Tightening torquesm
fuel injection computer
earth wiring nut
8 Nm
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
nut from the power feed
fuse board cable
6 Nm
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
engine cooling fan
assembly earth cable
nut on the front lefthand side member
8 Nm
nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
5 Nm
nut on the positive terminal of the starter
8 Nm
earth wiring bolt on the
gearbox
24 Nm
nut for the positive terminal of the alternator
21 Nm
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
112213
a Remove:
- the bolts (1) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a
REMOVAL
WARNING
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Remove:
- the engine cover,
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
88A-66
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
F4R
124227
starter.
a Disconnect:
- the inlet air pressure sensor connector (5) ,
- the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connector
(6) ,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector
(7) ,
- the connector (8) from the oil pressure sensor,
- the oil level sensor connector (9) ,
- the pinking sensor connector (10) ,
- the connector (11) from the air temperature sensor,
- the engine wiring/injection wiring connection (12) ,
- the crankshaft position sensor connector (13) ,
- the throttle valve connector (14) ,
117102
a Disconnect:
- the coolant temperature sensor connector (15) ,
- the connector (16) from the reverse gear switch,
- the air conditioning compressor connector (2) ,
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector (17) .
- the alternator exciter connector (3) .
- the dual-mode solenoid valve connector (18) ,
a Remove the nut (4) from the positive terminal of the
88A-67
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector (31) .
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
F4R
a Remove:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter (20)
,
- the gearbox earth cable bolt (19) ,
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (21) .
124229
a Remove the air resonator (see Air resonator: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture).
WARNING
a Disconnect:
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
- the fuel injection computer connectors (22) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector (23) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector
(24) ,
a Unclip:
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (25) ,
- the sub-frame and cylinder block wiring,
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (26) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly wiring,
- the front left-hand wiring connector (32) .
- the cylinder head wiring.
a Remove the engine wiring.
a Remove:
- the engine cooling fan assembly earth wiring nut
(27) on the front left-hand side member,
REFITTING
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board,
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
- the fuse holder (28) ,
- the nut (29) from the power feed fuse board cable,
- the fuel injection computer earth wiring nut (30) .
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
88A-68
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
F4R
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector,
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
- the reverse gear switch connector,
a Refit:
- the coolant temperature sensor connector,
- the engine wiring,
- the throttle valve connector,
- the fuel injection computer earth wiring nut.
- the crankshaft position sensor connector,
a Torque tighten the fuel injection computer earth
wiring nut (8 Nm).
- the engine wiring/injection wiring connection,
a Refit the nut from the power feed fuse board cable.
- the air temperature sensor connector,
a Torque tighten the nut from the power feed fuse
board cable (6 Nm).
- the pinking sensor connector,
a Refit:
- the oil pressure sensor connector,
- the oil level sensor connector,
- the fuse holder,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector,
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board,
- the camshaft dephaser solenoid valve connector,
- the engine cooling fan assembly earth wiring nut on
the front left-hand side member.
- the air inlet pressure sensor connector.
a Torque tighten the engine cooling fan assembly
earth cable nut on the front left-hand side member (8 Nm).
a Refit the alternator positive terminal nut.
a Torque tighten the nut for the positive terminal of
the alternator (21 Nm).
a Connect:
a Connect:
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
- the alternator exciter connector,
- the front left-hand wiring connector,
- the air conditioning compressor connector.
a Clip:
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector,
- the wiring on the sub-frame and the cylinder block,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector,
- the wiring on the engine cooling fan assembly,
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector,
- the wiring on the cylinder head.
- the petrol injection computer connectors.
a Refit:
III - FINAL OPERATION.
- the air resonator (see Air resonator: Removal Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter,
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter.
a Tighten to torque:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
(5 Nm).
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
a Refit:
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (8
Nm),
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring bolt on the gearbox (24 Nm).
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
a Connect:
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the dual-mode solenoid valve connector,
88A-69
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
F4R
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the engine cover.
88A-70
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
M4R
a Remove:
- the engine cover,
Tightening torquesm
fuel injection computer
earth cable nut
8 Nm
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
nut from the power feed
fuse board cable
6 Nm
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
earth wiring bolt on the
manual gearbox
24 Nm
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
earth wiring bolt on the
automatic transmission
44 Nm
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
engine cooling fan
assembly earth cable
nut on the front lefthand side member
8 Nm
automatic transmission
earth cable nut on the
front left-hand side
member
8 Nm
nut on the positive terminal of the starter
9 Nm
nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
5 Nm
nut for the positive terminal of the alternator
21 Nm
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
112213
a Remove:
WARNING
- the bolts (1) from the Protection and Switching Unit
cover,
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
REMOVAL
a
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Switch off the ignition.
88A-71
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
M4R
124220
a Disconnect:
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector (29) .
- the air conditioning compressor connector (2) ,
- The alternator exciter connector (3) .
a Remove the nut (4) from the alternator positive terminal.
a Disconnect:
- the connector (5) from the oil pressure sensor,
- the oil level sensor connector (6) ,
- the pinking sensor connector (7) ,
- the engine wiring/ignition wiring connection (9) ,
- the engine wiring/injection wiring connection (8) ,
- the connector (10) from the camshaft position sensor,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector (11) ,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector
(12) ,
- the throttle valve connector (13) ,
- the crankshaft position sensor connector (14) ,
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector (15) ,
88A-72
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
M4R
124221
a Disconnect:
- the air flowmeter connector (16) ,
- the fuel injection computer connector (17) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector (18) ,
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector
(19) ,
- the front left-hand wiring connector (28) ,
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (20) ,
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors (21) ,
a Remove:
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter,
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
- all earth cable nuts (22) on the front left-hand side
member,
- the gearbox earth wiring bolt (23) ,
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board,
- the fuse holder (24) ,
- the nut (25) from the power feed fuse board cable,
- the fuel injection computer earth cable nut (26) .
88A-73
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
M4R
TL4
124218
a Disconnect the reverse gear switch connector (27) .
88A-74
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
M4R
DP0
124220
a Remove:
a
WARNING
- the automatic transmission computer (see Automatic gearbox converter: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 23A, Automatic transmission),
- the gearbox suspended engine mounting (see
Left-hand suspended engine mounting: Removal - Refitting) .
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Unclip:
- the sub-frame and cylinder block wiring,
a Disconnect:
- the engine cooling fan assembly wiring,
- the automatic transmission module connector (23)
,
- the cylinder head wiring.
a Remove:
- the flow control solenoid valve connector (24) .
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing,
- the engine wiring harness.
WARNING
Protect the connector by sliding it into a waterproof plastic bag.
88A-75
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
M4R
REFITTING
TL4
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the manual gearbox.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring bolt on the manual
gearbox (24 Nm).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit:
DP0
- the engine wiring,
- the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on the
clutch housing,
a Tighten the engine wiring harness mounting bolt on
the clutch housing,
a Refit the earth wiring bolt on the automatic transmission.
a Torque tighten the earth wiring bolt on the automatic transmission (44 Nm).
a Refit the engine cooling fan assembly earth cable
nut on the front left-hand side member.
DP0
a Connect:
a Torque tighten the engine cooling fan assembly
earth cable nut on the front left-hand side member (8 Nm).
- the automatic transmission module connector,
- the flow control solenoid valve connector.
a Refit:
- the gearbox suspended engine mounting (see
Left-hand suspended engine mounting: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 19D, Engine mounting),
- the automatic transmission computer (see Automatic gearbox converter: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 392, 23A, Automatic transmission),
a Refit the automatic transmission earth cable nut on
the front left-hand side member.
a Torque tighten the automatic transmission earth
cable nut on the front left-hand side member (8
Nm).
a Refit:
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter,
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter.
a Tighten to torque:
- the nut on the positive terminal of the starter (9
Nm),
TL4
- the nut on the excitation terminal of the starter
(5 Nm).
a Connect the reverse gear switch connector.
a Connect:
a Refit the fuel injection computer earth cable nut.
- the Protection and Switching Unit connectors,
a Torque tighten the fuel injection computer earth
cable nut (8 Nm).
- the refrigerant pressure sensor connector,
a Refit the nut from the power feed fuse board cable.
- the engine cooling fan assembly resistor connector,
a Torque tighten the nut from the power feed fuse
board cable (6 Nm).
a Refit:
- the front left-hand wiring connector,
- the engine cooling fan assembly connector,
- the fuel injection computer connectors,
- the fuse holder,
- the air flowmeter connector,
- the 30 A fuse from the power feed fuse board.
- the downstream oxygen sensor connector,
88A-76
WIRING HARNESS
Engine wiring: Removal - Refitting
M4R
- the upstream oxygen sensor connector,
- the crankshaft position sensor connector,
- the throttle valve connector,
- the fuel vapour absorber solenoid valve connector,
- the coolant temperature sensor connector,
- the camshaft position sensor connector,
- the engine wiring harness/injection connection,
- the engine wiring harness/ignition connection,
- the pinking sensor connector,
- the oil level sensor connector,
- the oil pressure sensor connector.
a Refit the alternator positive terminal nut.
a Torque tighten the nut for the positive terminal of
the alternator (21 Nm).
a Connect:
- the alternator exciter connector,
- the air conditioning compressor connector,
a Clip:
- the wiring on the sub-frame and the cylinder block,
- the wiring on the engine cooling fan assembly,
- the wiring on the cylinder head.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the Protection and Switching Unit cover,
- the bolts on the Protection and Switching Unit cover.
a Tighten the bolts on the Protection and Switching
Unit cover.
a Refit:
- the front bumper (see Front bumper: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the front section of the front wheel arch liners (see
Front wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR
393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the battery tray (see 80A, Battery, Battery tray:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-5) ,
- the air filter box (see Air filter unit: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 12A, Fuel mixture),
- the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal Refitting, page 80A-1) ,
- the engine cover.
88A-77
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
I - LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
123663
a R251 connector (dashboard wiring/radio + telephone wiring connection).
a R369 connector (dashboard wiring//multimedia wiring connection).
88A-78
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
123664
a R99 connector (dashboard wiring/heating wiring
connection).
a R 173 connector (dashboard wiring/wiring for onetouch steering wheel controls on sequential gearbox).
88A-79
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
123665
a R107 connector (dashboard wiring/front engine wiring connection).
88A-80
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
123666
a R4 connector (dashboard wiring/passenger door
wiring connection).
a R339 connector (dashboard wiring/sunroof wiring
connection).
88A-81
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
123667
a R3 connector (dashboard wiring/driver's door wiring
connection).
a R301 connector (dashboard wiring/courtesy light
wiring connection).
1 - Access to the R 251 connectors
a Remove:
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
II - ACCESS TO CONNECTORS
a
- the air conditioning control panel (see Control
panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 61A, Heating),
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring:
Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
2 - Access to the R 369 connectors
a Remove:
WARNING
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-82
- the air conditioning control panel (see Control
panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 61A, Heating),
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
3 - Access to the R 99 connector
123763
112378
a Partially remove seal (1) .
112392
a Disconnect the R 369 connectors.
112379
a Remove the dashboard side face (2) .
88A-83
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
112380
88A
123763
a Unclip the trim (3) .
a Remove the dashboard lower trim bolt (4) .
112753
a Disconnect the R 99 connector.
112381
a Remove:
- the dashboard lower trim bolts (5) ,
- the dashboard lower trim (6) .
88A-84
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
4 - Access to the R 173 connector
112798
a Disconnect the R 173 connector.
5 - Access to the R 107 connectors
112968
a Remove the bolts (7) from the shells under the steering wheel.
a Unclip the lower casing (8) .
112378
112970
a Unclip the upper cover (9) .
a Partially remove seal (10) .
88A-85
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
88A
112379
a Remove the dashboard side face (11) .
112381
a Remove:
- the dashboard lower trim bolts (14) ,
- the dashboard lower trim (15) .
112380
a Unclip the trim (12) .
a Remove the dashboard lower trim bolt (13) .
123763
a Disconnect the R 107 connectors.
6 - Access to the R 4 connector
a Open the passenger door.
88A-86
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Connector access
123898
88A
123901
a Unclip the R 4 connector latch.
a Unclip the R 3 connector latch.
a Disconnect the R4 connector.
a Disconnect the R3 connector.
7 - Access to R 339 connector
9 - Access to the R 301 connectors
a Remove the right-hand A-pillar trim (see Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
a Remove the left-hand A-pillar trim (see Windscreen
pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim).
123775
a Disconnect the R 339 connector.
123774
a Disconnect the R 301 connectors.
8 - Access to the R 3 connector
a Open the driver's door.
88A-87
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
Tightening torquesm
earth terminal nuts
8 Nm
a Remove:
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
- the driver's side front airbag (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal
- Refitting, page 88C-22) ,
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 392, 36A, Steering assembly),
IMPORTANT
- the dashboard cover gaiter (see Dashboard cover
gaiter: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
- the steering column switch assembly (see 84A,
Control - Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) ,
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the
instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition
on).
- the instrument panel (see 83A, Instrument panel,
Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting, page
83A-3) ,
IMPORTANT
- the display (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal Refitting, page 86A-18) ,
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
SCHOOL VEHICLE
a Remove the driving school repeater electrical control unit (see 8 4 A , Control - Signals, Driving
school repeater electrical control unit: Removal Refitting, page 84A-24) .
WARNING
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
REMOVAL
a Remove:
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
- the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
a Switch off the ignition.
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
88A-88
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Open the driver's door.
112796
a Disconnect the dashboard starter aerial connector
(1) .
a Remove:
123901
- the A-pillar trims (see Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a Unclip the R 3 connector latch (2) .
a Disconnect the R3 connector.
a Remove:
- the foam (3) ,
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the tweeters (see 86A, Radio, Tweeter: Removal
- Refitting, page 86A-13) ,
- The R 3 connector bolts (4) .
a Remove the dashboard wiring harness from the
body.
a Open the passenger door.
- the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the front left-hand door sill lining (see Front door
sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim),
- the air conditioning control panel (see Control
panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 61A, Heating),
a Move aside the front left-hand section of the centre
floor front carpet.
88A-89
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH KEY
123898
a Unclip the R 4 connector latch (5) .
112284
a Disconnect the R4 connector.
a Disconnect the connectors from the UCH.
a Remove:
- the foam (6) ,
- The R 4 connector bolts (7) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Remove the dashboard wiring harness from the
body.
112950
a Disconnect the connectors from the UCH.
123670
a Disconnect the R 2 connector.
88A-90
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
LIGHTS + AUTOMATIC WINDSCREEN WIPER
a Disconnect the R 301 connector.
123775
a Unclip the dashboard wiring harness (8) .
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
a Disconnect the R 339 connector.
123770
a Remove the nut (10) .
a Disconnect the earth terminals (11) .
a Unclip the dashboard wiring harness (12) .
a Remove:
- the additional relay/fuse box nut (13) ,
- the additional relay/fuse box.
a Disconnect the additional relay/fuse box connectors.
123774
a Unclip the dashboard wiring harness (9) .
a Disconnect the R 301 connector.
88A-91
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
- the R 369 connectors.
VEHICLE WITH KEY
123763
a Remove the nut (14) .
a Disconnect:
112370
- the earth terminal (15) ,
a Disconnect the antenna/transponder ring connector
(18) .
- the R 107 connectors,
- the R 369 connector,
- The electric power assisted steering connectors.
VEHICLE WITH KEY
117403
112392
a Remove the radio earth nut (16) .
a Disconnect the ignition switch connector (19) .
a Unclip the wiring at (20) .
a Disconnect:
- the earth terminal (17) ,
88A-92
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH CARD
113535
a Unclip the heating resistor relay unit.
113335
a Disconnect the electric steering column lock connector (21) .
113534
a Disconnect the heating resistor connector.
123765
a Disconnect the R 99 connector.
a Unclip the passenger compartment fuse and relay
box (22) .
88A-93
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112764
a Disconnect the fan assembly control unit connector.
123671
a Remove the nut (25) .
a Disconnect:
- the airbag computer connector (26) ,
- the earth terminal,
- the handbrake switch.
113089
a Disconnect the brake light switch connector (24) .
88A-94
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
VEHICLE WITH CARD
113181
a Disconnect the lateral acceleration and yaw sensor
connector (27) .
113221
a Disconnect the starter aerial connector (28) .
a Unclip the wiring.
a Remove the wiring.
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
REFITTING
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the harness.
a Attach the wiring.
88A-95
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
- the R 107 connectors,
- the R 369 connectors,
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the centre console starter aerial connector.
- the right-hand dashboard cross member earth terminals (11) in the position marked during removal,
- the radio earth terminal on the centre section of the
dashboard cross member (16) ,
- the left-hand dashboard cross member earth terminal (15) .
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
a Connect the lateral acceleration and yaw sensor
connector.
a Torque tighten the earth terminal nuts (8 Nm).
a Refit:
- the additional relay/fuse box,
a Connect:
- the additional relay/fuse box nut.
- the earth on the centre floor (25) ,
a Reconnect the additional relay/fuse box connectors.
- the airbag computer connector,
a Clip the dashboard wiring harness.
- the handbrake switch.
a Torque tighten the earth terminal nut (8 Nm).
LIGHTS + AUTOMATIC WINDSCREEN WIPER
a Connect the R 301 connector.
a Clip:
- the passenger compartment fuse and relay box.
- the heating resistor relay unit.
a Connect the R 301 connector.
a Connect:
a Clip the dashboard wiring harness on the left-hand
A-pillar trim.
- the brake light switch connector,
- the clutch pedal sensor connectors,
- the fan assembly control unit connector,
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
a Connect the R 339 connector.
- the heating resistor connector,
- the R 99 connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the electric steering column lock connector.
a Clip the dashboard wiring harness on the right-hand
A-pillar trim.
a Connect:
- the UCH connectors,
- the R 2 connector,
VEHICLE WITH KEY
a Connect:
- The R 3 and R 4 connectors.
a Refit:
- the antenna/transponder ring connector,
- the bolts for the R 3 and R 4 connectors,
- the starter switch connector.
a Clip the wiring on the steering column.
a Connect:
- the electric power assisted steering connectors,
- the protective foam for the R 3 and R 4 connectors.
a Clip on the R 3 and R 4 connector mountings.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front left-hand section of the centre floor
front carpet.
88A-96
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit:
- the dashboard cover gaiter (see Dashboard cover
gaiter: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the air conditioning control panel (see Control
panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 61A, Heating system),
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 392, 36A, Steering assembly),
- the front left-hand door sill lining (see Front door
sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim),
- the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the tweeters (see 86A, Radio, Tweeter: Removal
- Refitting, page 86A-13) ,
- the driver's front airbag (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal Refitting, page 88C-22) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the A-pillar trims (see Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
VEHICLE WITH CARD
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Connect the dashboard starter aerial connector.
a Refit:
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
- the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
SCHOOL VEHICLE
a Refit the driving school repeater electrical control
unit (see 84A, Control - Signals, Driving school
repeater electrical control unit: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-24) .
a Refit:
- the display (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal Refitting, page 86A-18) ,
- the instrument panel (see 83A, Instrument panel,
Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting, page
83A-3) ,
- the steering column switch assembly (see 84A,
Control - Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) ,
88A-97
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
Tightening torquesm
earth terminal nuts
8 Nm
a Remove:
- the driver's side front airbag (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal
- Refitting, page 88C-22) ,
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 392, 36A, Steering assembly),
- the dashboard cover gaiter (see Dashboard cover
gaiter: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
IMPORTANT
- the steering column switch assembly (see 84A,
Control - Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) ,
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
- the instrument panel (see 83A, Instrument panel,
Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting, page
83A-3) ,
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the
instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition
on).
- the display (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal Refitting, page 86A-18) .
a Remove:
- the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
WARNING
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Switch off the ignition.
88A-98
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Open the driver's door.
112796
a Disconnect the dashboard starter aerial connector
(1) .
a Remove:
123898
- the A-pillar trims (see Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a Unclip the R 3 connector latch (2) .
a Disconnect the R 3 connector.
a Remove:
- the foam (3) ,
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the tweeters (see 86A, Radio, Tweeter: Removal
- Refitting, page 86A-13) ,
- The R 3 connector bolts (4) .
a Remove the dashboard wiring harness from the
body.
a Open the passenger door.
- the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the front left-hand door sill lining (see Front door
sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim),
- the air conditioning control panel (see Control
panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 61A, Heating),
a Move aside the front left-hand section of the centre
floor front carpet.
88A-99
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH KEY
123901
a Unclip the R 4 connector latch (5) .
113225
a Disconnect the R4 connector.
a Disconnect the connectors from the UCH.
a Remove:
- the foam (6) ,
- the R 4 connector bolts (7) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Remove the dashboard wiring harness from the
body.
112808
a Disconnect the connectors from the UCH.
123676
a Disconnect the R 2 connector.
88A-100
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
LIGHTS + AUTOMATIC WINDSCREEN WIPER
a Disconnect the R 301 connector.
123775
a Unclip the dashboard wiring harness (8) .
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
a Disconnect the R 339 connector.
123893
a Remove the earth terminal nuts (10) .
a Disconnect the earth terminals (11) .
a Unclip the dashboard wiring harness (12) .
a Remove:
- the additional relay/fuse box nut (13) ,
- the additional relay/fuse box
a Disconnect the additional relay/fuse box connectors.
123774
a Unclip the dashboard wiring harness (9) .
a Disconnect the R 301 connector.
88A-101
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH KEY
123895
a Remove:
123894
- the nut (14) ,
a Disconnect:
a Disconnect:
- Disconnect the antenna/transponder ring connector (16) ,
- the earth terminal (15) ,
- the R 107 connectors,
- the starter switch connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Disconnect the electric steering column lock connector.
112392
a Remove the radio earth terminal nut (27) .
a Disconnect:
- the radio earth terminal on the cross member centre panel (27) ,
- the R 369 connectors.
88A-102
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
123894
112846
a Disconnect the fan assembly control unit connector
(20) .
a Disconnect:
- the R 99 connector,
- The electric power assisted steering connectors.
a Unclip the passenger compartment fuse and relay
box (17) .
113094
a Disconnect the clutch pedal switch connectors (21) .
113537
a Unclip the heating resistor relay unit (18) .
a Disconnect the connector (19) from the heating resistors.
88A-103
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
113089
a Disconnect the brake light switch connector (22) .
113181
a Disconnect the lateral acceleration and yaw sensor
connector (25) .
123671
a Remove the nut (23) .
a Disconnect:
- the airbag computer connector (24) .
- the earth terminal,
- the handbrake switch.
88A-104
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
VEHICLE WITH CARD
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the centre console starter aerial connector.
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
a Connect the lateral acceleration and yaw sensor
connector.
a Connect:
- the earth (23) ,
- the airbag computer connector,
- the handbrake switch.
a Torque tighten the earth terminal nut (8 Nm).
113221
a Clip:
- the passenger compartment fuse and relay box.
a Disconnect the starter aerial connector (26) .
- the heating resistor relay unit.
a Connect:
a Unclip the wiring.
- the brake light switch connector,
a Remove the wiring.
- the clutch pedal sensor connectors,
- the fan assembly control unit connector,
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
- the heating resistor connector,
- the R 99 connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the electric steering column lock connector.
REFITTING
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
VEHICLE WITH KEY
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect:
- the antenna/transponder ring connector,
a Refit the harness.
a Attach the wiring.
- the starter switch connector.
a Clip the wiring on the steering column.
a Connect:
- the electric power assisted steering connectors,
88A-105
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit:
- the R 107 connectors,
- the R 369 connectors,
- the air conditioning control panel (see Control
panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 392, 61A, Heating system),
- the right-hand dashboard cross member earth terminals (11) in the position marked during removal,
- the front left-hand door sill lining (see Front door
sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim),
- the radio earth terminal nut on the centre section of
the dashboard cross member (27),
- The left-hand dashboard cross member earth terminal (15) .
- the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
a Torque tighten the earth terminal nuts (8 Nm).
- the tweeters (see 86A, Radio, Tweeter: Removal
- Refitting, page 86A-13) ,
a Refit:
- the additional relay/fuse box,
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the additional relay/fuse box nut.
- the A-pillar trims (see Windscreen pillar trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a Reconnect the additional relay/fuse box connectors.
a Clip the dashboard wiring harness.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
LIGHTS + AUTOMATIC WINDSCREEN WIPER
a Connect the R 301 connector.
a Connect the dashboard starter aerial connector.
a Connect the R 301 connector.
a Refit:
a Clip the dashboard wiring harness on the left-hand
A-pillar trim.
- the centre front panel (see Centre front panel: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the radio (see 86A, Radio, Radio: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-8) ,
PANORAMIC SUNROOF
a Connect the R 339 connector.
- the glovebox (see Glovebox: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
a Clip the dashboard wiring harness on the right-hand
A-pillar trim.
a Refit:
a Connect:
- the display (see 86A, Radio, Display: Removal Refitting, page 86A-18) ,
- the instrument panel (see 83A, Instrument panel,
Instrument panel: Removal - Refitting, page
83A-3) ,
- the UCH connectors,
- the R 2 connector,
- the steering column switch assembly (see 84A,
Control - Signals, Steering column switch assembly: Removal - Refitting, page 84A-4) ,
- The R 3 and R 4 connectors.
a Refit:
- the bolts for the R 3 and R 4 connectors,
- the protective foam for the R 3 and R 4 connectors.
a Clip on the R 3 and R 4 connector mountings.
- the dashboard cover gaiter (see Dashboard cover
gaiter: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the steering wheel (see Steering wheel: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 392, 36A, Steering assembly),
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the front left-hand section of the centre floor
front carpet.
88A-106
- the driver's front airbag (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Driver's frontal airbag: Removal Refitting, page 88C-22) .
WIRING HARNESS
Dashboard wiring: Removal - Refitting
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
88A-107
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Driver's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Raise the window fully.
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
111934
WARNING
To avoid damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedures (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Remove the three door lock bolts (1) .
a Remove the front speaker (see 86A, Radio, Front
speakers: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-14) .
LEFT-HAND DRIVE, and DOOR MIRRORS 02 or
DOOR MIRRORS 03
a Remove the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment),
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Remove the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment),
a Remove:
- the side door trim (see Front side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening element trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the side indicator.
88A-108
WIRING HARNESS
Driver's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
II - REMOVAL OF PART CONCERNED
123657
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Disconnect the door lock connector (2) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Disconnect the presence detector connector (3) .
a Disconnect the opening aerial connector (4) .
88A-109
WIRING HARNESS
Driver's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
- The front offset frame (9) , by lowering it, then pivoting it and removing it through the speaker mounting hole.
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER
ELECTRIC ONE-TOUCH WINDOW CONTROL
118943
118943
a Remove clip (6) .
a Disconnect the electric window motor connector (7) .
a Remove the clips (10) and (11) .
a Disconnect the door connector (12) .
a Remove all of the clips (5) using a pair of unclipping
pliers.
a
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Remove the wiring.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more complete wiring, immobilise
the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing
and locking) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
II - REFITTING PART CONCERNED
a Refit the wiring, respecting the original routing.
a Clip all the clips into place (5) .
118901
a Refit:
a Remove:
- The front offset frame.
- The three bolts of the front offset frame.
- The three bolts (8) of the front offset frame (9) .
88A-110
WIRING HARNESS
Driver's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER
ELECTRIC ONE-TOUCH WINDOW CONTROL
a Clip on the clip (6) .
a Connect the electric window motor connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the opening aerial connector.
a Connect the presence sensor connector.
a Connect the tailgate lock connector.
a Connect the door connector (12) .
a Clip on the clips (11) and (10) .
a Refit:
- the three door lock bolts,
- the side indicator,
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the side door trim (see Front side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening element trim).
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment).
LEFT-HAND DRIVE, and DOOR MIRRORS 02 or
DOOR MIRRORS 03
a Refit the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment).
a Refit the front speaker (see 8 6 A, Radio, Front
speakers: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-14) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-111
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Passenger's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Raise the window fully.
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
111934
WARNING
To avoid damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedures (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Remove the three door lock bolts (1) .
a Remove the front speaker (see 86A, Radio, Front
speakers: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-14) .
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Remove the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment),
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE, and DOOR MIRRORS 02 or
DOOR MIRRORS 03
a Remove the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment),
a Remove:
- the side door trim (see Front side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening element trim),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the side indicator.
88A-112
WIRING HARNESS
Passenger's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
II - REMOVAL OF PART CONCERNED
123658
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Disconnect the door lock connector (2) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Disconnect the presence detector connector (3) .
a Disconnect the opening aerial connector (4) .
88A-113
WIRING HARNESS
Passenger's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
- The front offset frame (9) , by lowering it, then pivoting it and removing it through the speaker mounting hole.
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER
ELECTRIC ONE-TOUCH WINDOW CONTROL
126092
126092
a Remove clip (6) .
a Disconnect the electric window motor connector (7) .
a Remove the clips (10) and (11) .
a Disconnect the door connector (12) .
a Remove all of the clips (5) using a pair of unclipping
pliers.
a
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
a Remove the wiring.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more complete wiring, immobilise
the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing
and locking) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
II - REFITTING PART CONCERNED
a Refit the wiring, respecting the original routing.
a Clip all the clips into place (5) .
126091
a Refit:
a Remove:
- The front offset frame.
- The three bolts of the front offset frame.
- The three bolts (8) of the front offset frame (9) .
88A-114
WIRING HARNESS
Passenger's front side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or ONE-TOUCH
ELECTRIC FRONT WINDOW or PASSENGER
ELECTRIC ONE-TOUCH WINDOW CONTROL
a Clip on the clip (6) .
a Connect the electric window motor connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the opening aerial connector.
a Connect the presence sensor connector.
a Connect the tailgate lock connector.
a Connect the door connector (12) .
a Clip on the clips (10) and (11) .
a Refit:
- the three door lock bolts,
- the side indicator,
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the side door trim (see Front side door trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening element trim).
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE, and DOOR MIRRORS 02 or
DOOR MIRRORS 03
a Refit the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment),
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
a Refit the door mirror (see Door mirror: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 56A, Exterior equipment),
a Refit the front speaker (see 8 6 A, Radio, Front
speakers: Removal - Refitting, page 86A-14) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-115
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear right-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Raise the window fully.
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Remove:
- the rear side door trim (see Rear side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening
element trim),
- the rear speaker (see 86A, Radio, Rear speakers:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-15) .
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the rear side door lock (see Rear side door lock:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms).
88A-116
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear right-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
123659
a
ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Disconnect R 243 connector which connects the
rear left-hand wiring/right-hand rear door.
a Disconnect the (3) rear side door electric window
winder mechanism connector.
a Unclip the rear side door wiring at (4) .
a Remove the rear side door wiring.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
WARNING
a Disconnect:
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
- the presence detector connector (1) ,
- the opening aerial connector (2) .
88A-117
WIRING HARNESS
Rear right-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the rear side door wiring.
a Clip the rear side door wiring into place (4) .
ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
a Connect the rear side door electric window mechanism connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect:
- the opening aerial connector,
- the presence detector connector.
a Connect the R 243 connector to connect the rear
left-hand wiring / right-hand rear door wiring.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the rear side door lock (see Rear side door lock:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms),
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the rear speaker (see 86A, Radio, Rear speakers:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-15) .
- the rear side door trim (see Rear side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening
element trim).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-118
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear left-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Raise the window fully.
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Remove:
- the rear side door trim (see Rear side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening
element trim),
- the rear speaker (see 86A, Radio, Rear speakers:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-15) ,
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the rear side door lock (see Rear side door lock:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms).
88A-119
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear left-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
123660
a
ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
a Disconnect the R 13 connector for connection of
rear left-hand wiring/left-hand rear door.
a the (3) rear side door electric window winder mechanism connector.
a Unclip the rear side door wiring in (4) .
a Remove the rear side door wiring.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
WARNING
a Disconnect:
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
- the presence detector connector (1) ,
- the opening aerial connector (2) .
88A-120
WIRING HARNESS
Rear left-hand side door wiring: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the rear side door wiring.
a Clip on the rear side door wiring (4) .
ELECTRIC REAR WINDOW
a Connect the rear side door electric window winder
mechanism connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect:
- the opening aerial connector,
- the presence detector connector.
a Connect the rear left-hand wiring/left rear door R 13
connector.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the rear side door lock (see Rear side door lock:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 51A, Side opening
element mechanisms).
- the door sealing film (see Door sealing film: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 65A, Opening element sealing),
- the rear speaker (see 86A, Radio, Rear speakers:
Removal - Refitting, page 86A-15) ,
- the rear side door trim (see Rear side door trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 72A, Side opening
element trim),
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-121
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
I - LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
123678
a R 374 connectors (left-hand rear wiring/front wiring
connection).
88A-122
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
B85 or K85
123680
a R 2 connector (left-hand rear wiring/dashboard wiring connection).
a R 13 connector (left-hand rear wiring/left-hand rear
door wiring connection).
a R 324 connector (left-hand rear wiring/left-hand front
seat electrical function wiring connection).
88A-123
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
C85 or S85
123683
a R 2 connector (left-hand rear wiring/dashboard wiring connection).
a R 324 connector (left-hand rear wiring/left-hand front
seat electrical function wiring connection).
88A-124
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
B85 or K85
123682
a R 243 connector (left-hand rear wiring/right-hand
rear door wiring).
a R 323 connector (left-hand rear wiring/right-hand
front seat electrical functions wiring connection).
88A-125
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
C85 or S85
123679
a R 323 connector (left-hand rear wiring/right-hand
front seat electrical functions wiring connection).
88A-126
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
123684
a R 319 connector (left-hand rear wiring/rear bumper
wiring connection).
a R 325 connector (left-hand rear wiring/second fitting
alarm wiring).
1 - Access to the R 374 connectors
a Remove the left-hand front door sill lining (see Front
door sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
a Partially remove the front centre floor carpet,
II - ACCESS TO CONNECTORS
a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring:
Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-127
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
2 - Access to the R 2 connector
a Remove the left-hand front door sill lining (see Front
door sill lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
B85 or K85
a Partially remove the front centre floor carpet,
B85 or K85
123669
a Disconnect the R 374 connector.
123670
a Disconnect the R 2 connector.
C85 or S85
123675
a Disconnect the R 374 connector.
88A-128
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
3 - Access to the R 13 connector
C85 or S85
B85 or K85
123676
a Disconnect the R 2 connector.
123899
a Disconnect the R 13 connector.
4 - Access to the R 324 connectors
B85 or K85
109250
a Unfasten clip (1) .
88A-129
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
C85 or S85
112237
a Remove the connectors access flap (3) .
109247
a Open the connector access flap (2) .
112238
a Disconnect the R 324 connectors.
109249
a Disconnect the R 324 connector.
88A-130
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
5 - Access to the R 243 connector
B85 or K85
109247
a Open the connector access flap (5) .
123900
a Disconnect the R 243 connector.
6 - Access to the R 323 connectors
B85 or K85
109249
a Disconnect the R 323 connector.
109250
a Unfasten clip (4) .
88A-131
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
88A
C85 or S85
112237
a Remove the connectors access flap (6) .
116793
a Disconnect the R 319 connector.
8 - Access to the R 325 connector
B85 or K85
a Remove:
- the left-hand rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter
panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim),
- the rear left-hand wheel arch liner (see Rear wheel
arch trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim).
112238
a Disconnect the R 323 connectors.
7 - Access to the R 319 connector
a Remove the rear light on the left rear wing (see 81A,
Rear lighting, Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A-5) .
88A-132
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Connector access
123902
123676
a Disconnect the R 325 connector.
a Disconnect the R 325 connector.
88A
C85 or S85
a Remove:
- the left-hand rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter
panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim),
- the rear left-hand wheel arch liner (see Rear wheel
arch trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim).
88A-133
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
Tightening torquesm
earth terminal nuts
8 Nm
a Remove:
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
IMPORTANT
- the front seats (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames
and runners),
- the rear bench seat base (see Single unit rear
bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/
3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
- the rear bench seatback (see Single unit rear
bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/3
and 2/3 rear bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the
instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition
on).
- the quarter panel trims (see Quarter panel trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
- the front door sill inner trims (see Front door sill
lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
WARNING
- the rear door sill trims (see Rear door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the rear centre floor carpet (see Centre floor rear
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see MR 394 Electricity, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Switch off the ignition.
88A-134
- the front centre floor carpet (see Centre floor front
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
- the centre floor lateral soundproofing (see Centre
floor side soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
- the centre floor rear soundproofing (see Centre
floor rear soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim),
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A5) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
123669
a Disconnect the R 374 connector.
123670
a Disconnect the R 2 connector.
112452
a Unclip the lock from the airbag computer connector.
a Disconnect the (1) airbag computer connector.
88A-135
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
112454
a Disconnect the connector (2) from the front righthand and left-hand pyrotechnic inertia reel.
123899
a Unclip the lock (4) from the R 13 connector.
a Disconnect the R 13 connector.
a Remove the bolts (5) of the R 13 connector.
a Extract the wiring of the B-pillar.
112455
a Disconnect the connector (3) from the right-hand
and left-hand impact sensor.
88A-136
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
LEFT-HAND DRIVE
123899
123900
a Unclip the lock (6) from the R 243 connector.
a Unclip the lock (8) from the R 243 connector.
a Disconnect the R 243 connector.
a Disconnect the R 243 connector.
a Remove the bolts (7) of the R 243 connector.
a Remove the bolts (9) of the R 243 connector.
a Extract the wiring of the B-pillar.
a Extract the wiring of the B-pillar.
88A-137
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE
TYRE PRESSURE SENSOR
123900
a Unclip the lock (10) from the R 13 connector.
a Disconnect the R 13 connector.
113760
a Disconnect the connector (12) from the tyre pressure monitoring system computer.
a Remove the bolts (11) of the R 13 connector.
a Extract the wiring of the B-pillar.
109751
a Open the fuel gauge flap.
a Disconnect the connector (13) from the fuel gauge.
88A-138
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
VEHICLE WITH CARD
113222
a Disconnect the (14) rear starter aerial connector.
123672
a Remove the nut (15) from the earth terminal.
a Disconnect:
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
a Remove the front right and left-hand wheel arch liners (see Rear wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
a Unclip the rear right-hand and left-hand wheel speed
sensor clip.
a Disconnect the connector of the rear right-hand and
left-hand wheel speed sensor.
a Extract the wiring under body.
88A-139
- the earth terminal,
- the radio aerial (16) connector.
- the R 325 connector.
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
PROXIMITY RADAR
112413
a Remove the nut (19) from the earth terminal.
115185
a Disconnect:
- the connector (20) of the right-hand and left-hand
pyrotechnic inertia reel,
- the earth terminal.
115187
a Disconnect the connector (17) from the parking distance control buzzer.
112414
a Remove the parking distance control computer to
disconnect its connector (18) (see 8 7 F, Parking
distance control, Parking distance control computer: Removal - Refitting, page 87F-6) .
a Disconnect the connector (21) from the fuel filler flap
lock motor.
88A-140
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
113229
a Disconnect the connector (22) of the right-hand and
left-hand side curtain airbag.
123673
a Disconnect:
- the connectors (23) of the rear screen defrosting
system,
- the connector (24) of the rear screen wiper motor.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
116793
a Disconnect the R 319 connector.
113328
a Disconnect the connector (25) from the tailgate locking switch.
a Remove the following to disconnect the connectors:
- the tailgate lock (see Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting) ,
88A-141
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
- the tailgate opening switch (see 87C, Opening element management, Tailgate opening switch:
Removal - Refitting, page 87C-5) ,
- the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting,
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A10) .
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the rear wiring.
a Clip on the rear wiring.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the opening aerial connector.
a Clip the opening aerial connector onto the rear
bumper absorber.
a Refit the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
a Refit:
- the tailgate lock (see Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting) ,
- the tailgate opening switch (see 87C, Opening element management, Tailgate opening switch:
Removal - Refitting, page 87C-5) ,
- the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting,
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A10) .
113333
a Remove the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the tailgate locking switch connector.
a Unclip the connector of the rear bumper absorber.
a Disconnect the connector (26) from the opening
aerial.
a Connect:
- the rear screen defrosting connectors,
- the rear screen wiper motor connector.
a Unclip the rear wiring.
a Connect:
a Remove the rear wiring.
- the R 319 connector,
- the connector of the right-hand and left-hand side
curtain airbag,
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
- the fuel filler flap lock motor connector,
- the right-hand and left-hand earth terminals,
- the connector of the rear pyrotechnic inertia reels,
REFITTING
- the R 325 connector,
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
- the radio aerial connector.
a Torque tighten the earth terminal nuts (8 Nm).
88A-142
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
B85 or K85
a Clip on the airbag computer connector lock.
a Connect:
PROXIMITY RADAR
a Connect the parking distance control buzzer connector.
a Refit the parking distance control computer (see
87F, Parking distance control, Parking distance
control computer: Removal - Refitting, page 87F6) .
- the R 374 connector,
- the R 2 connector.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A5) .
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim),
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
a Fit the wiring under body.
a Connect the rear right-hand and left-hand wheel
speed sensor connector.
a Clip on the right-hand and left-hand wheel speed
sensor.
a Refit the front right-hand and left-hand wheel arch
liners (see Rear wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the centre floor rear soundproofing (see Centre
floor rear soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
- the centre floor lateral soundproofing (see Centre
floor side soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
- the front centre floor carpet (see Centre floor front
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
- the rear centre floor carpet (see Centre floor rear
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the rear starter aerial connector.
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the rear door sill trims (see Rear door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a Connect the fuel sender connector.
a Close the fuel gauge flap.
- the front door sill inner trims (see Front door sill
lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
TYRE PRESSURE SENSOR
a Connect the tyre pressure monitoring system computer connector.
- the wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the quarter panel trims (see Quarter panel trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a Fit the wiring onto the B-pillars.
- the rear bench seatback (see Single unit rear
bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/3
and 2/3 rear bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
a Refit the side door connector bolts.
a Connect the rear side door connectors.
a Clip on the rear side door connector locks.
a Connect:
- the rear bench seat base (see Single unit rear
bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/
3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
- the front pyrotechnic inertia reel connectors,
- the impact sensor connectors,
- the airbag computer connector.
88A-143
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85
- the front seats (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames
and runners),
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool (see MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
88A-144
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
Tightening torquesm
earth terminal nuts
8 Nm
a Remove:
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
IMPORTANT
- the front seats (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames
and runners),
- the rear bench seat base (see Single unit rear
bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/
3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on or
near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the diagnostic tool.
- the rear bench seatback (see Single unit rear
bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/3
and 2/3 rear bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the
instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition
on).
- the rear right-hand and left-hand panel trim (see
Rear panel lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim),
- the rear quarter panel trims (see Quarter panel
trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim),
IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
- the wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the front door sill inner trims (see Front door sill
lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
WARNING
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the rear centre floor carpet (see Centre floor rear
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Switch off the ignition.
88A-145
- the front centre floor carpet (see Centre floor front
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
- the side soundproofing of centre floor (see Centre
floor side soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
- the rear soundproofing of centre floor (see Centre
floor rear soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim),
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A5) .
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
123675
a Disconnect the R 374 connector.
123676
a Disconnect the R 2 connector.
112452
a Unclip the airbag computer connector lock.
a Disconnect the airbag computer connector (1) .
88A-146
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
TYRE PRESSURE SENSOR
112454
a Disconnect the front right-hand and left-hand pyrotechnic inertia reel connector (2) .
113760
a Disconnect the tyre pressure monitoring system
computer connector (4) .
112455
a Disconnect the right-hand and left-hand impact sensor connector (3) .
109751
a Open the fuel gauge flap.
a Disconnect the fuel gauge connector (5) .
88A-147
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
VEHICLE WITH CARD
113222
a Disconnect the rear starter aerial connector (6) .
123674
a Remove the nut (7) from the earth terminal.
a Disconnect:
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
- the earth terminal,
a Remove the rear right-hand and left-hand wheel
arch liners (see Rear wheel arch liner: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection),
- the R 325 connector.
a Unclip the rear right-hand and left hand wheel speed
sensor clip.
a Disconnect the rear right-hand and left-hand wheel
speed sensor connector.
a Extract the wiring under the body.
112951
a Disconnect the radio aerial connector (8) .
88A-148
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
PROXIMITY RADAR
112413
a Remove the nut (11) from the earth terminal.
115185
a Disconnect:
- the right-hand and left-hand pyrotechnic inertia reel
connector (12) ,
- the earth terminal.
115187
a Disconnect the connector (9) from the parking distance control buzzer.
112414
a Remove the parking distance control computer to
disconnect the connector (10) (see 87F, Parking
distance control, Parking distance control computer: Removal - Refitting, page 87F-6) .
a Disconnect the connector (13) from the fuel filler flap
lock motor.
88A-149
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
113229
a Disconnect the left-hand and right-hand side curtain
airbag connector (14) .
123673
a Disconnect:
- the connectors (15) of the heated rear screen,
- the rear screen wiper motor connector (16) .
VEHICLE WITH CARD
113328
116793
a Disconnect the R 319 connector.
a Disconnect the connector (17) from the tailgate locking switch.
a To disconnect the connectors, remove:
- the tailgate lock (see Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting) ,
- the tailgate opening switch (see 87C, Opening element management, Tailgate opening switch:
Removal - Refitting, page 87C-5) ,
88A-150
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
- the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting,
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A10) .
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the rear wiring.
a Clip on the rear wiring.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the opening aerial connector.
a Clip the opening aerial connector onto the rear
bumper absorber.
a Refit the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
a Refit:
- the tailgate lock (see Tailgate lock: Removal - Refitting) ,
- the tailgate opening switch (see 87C, Opening element management, Tailgate opening switch:
Removal - Refitting, page 87C-5) ,
- the high level brake light (see 81A, Rear lighting,
3rd brake light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A10) .
113333
a Remove the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
a Unclip the rear bumper absorber connector.
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the tailgate locking switch connector.
a Disconnect the connector (18) from the opening
aerial.
a Connect:
- the heated rear screen connectors,
a Unclip the rear wiring.
- the rear screen wiper motor connector.
a Remove the rear wiring.
a Connect:
- the R 319 connector,
WARNING
- the right-hand and left-hand side curtain airbag
connector,
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
- the fuel filler flap locking motor connector,
- the right-hand and left-hand earth terminals,
- the rear pyrotechnic inertia reel connector,
REFITTING
- the R 325 connector,
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connector: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
- the radio aerial connector.
a Torque tighten the earth terminal nuts (8 Nm).
88A-151
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
C85 or S85
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
PROXIMITY RADAR
a Connect the parking distance control buzzer connector.
a Refit the parking distance control computer (see
87F, Parking distance control, Parking distance
control computer: Removal - Refitting, page 87F6) .
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A5) .
- the tailgate trim (see Tailgate trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 73A, Non-side opening elements
trim),
- the rear soundproofing of centre floor (see Centre
floor rear soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM
a Fit the wiring under the body.
a Connect the rear right-hand and left-hand wheel
speed sensor connector.
- the side soundproofing of centre floor (see Centre
floor side soundproofing: Removal - Refitting)
(MR 393, 68A, Soundproofing),
a Clip on the right-hand and left-hand wheel speed
sensor clip.
- the front centre floor carpet (see Centre floor front
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
a Refit the rear right-hand and left-hand wheel arch
liners (see Rear wheel arch liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
- the rear centre floor carpet (see Centre floor rear
carpet: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
- the centre console (see Centre console: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment),
- the rear panel trims (see Rear panel lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
VEHICLE WITH CARD
a Connect the rear starter aerial connector.
- the front door sill inner trims (see Front door sill
lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim),
a Connect the fuel sender connector.
- the wheel arch trims (see Rear wheel arch trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a Close the fuel gauge flap.
TYRE PRESSURE SENSOR
a Connect the tyre pressure monitoring computer connector.
a Connect:
- the connector for the front pyrotechnic inertia reels,
- the rear quarter panel trims (see Quarter panel
trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim),
- the rear bench seatback (see Single unit rear
bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/3
and 2/3 rear bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
- the rear bench seat base (see Single unit rear
bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/
3 and 2/3 rear bench seat base: Removal - Refitting) (depending on the equipment level) (MR 393,
76A, Rear seat frames and runners),
- the connector for the impact sensors,
- the airbag computer connector.
a Clip on the airbag computer connector lock.
a Connect:
- the front seats (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames
and runners),
- the R 374 connector,
- the R 2 connector.
88A-152
WIRING HARNESS
Rear wiring: Removal - Refitting
C85 or S85
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool (see MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
88A-153
88A
WIRING HARNESS
Rear bumper wiring: Connector access
88A
I - LOCATION OF CONNECTORS
123662
a R 319 connecter (rear bumper/rear connection).
II - ACCESS TO CONNECTORS
a
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and
operation recommendations before carrying out
any repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring:
Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
WARNING
To prevent damaging the connectors, consult the
disconnection procedure (see Connector: Disconnection and reconnection) (Technical Note
6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Switch off the ignition.
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the light on the rear left-hand wing (see
81A, Rear lighting, Rear wing light: Removal Refitting, page 81A-5) .
113362
a Disconnect the R 319 connector.
88A-154
WIRING HARNESS
Rear bumper wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88A, Wiring harness, Wiring: Precautions for the repair, page 88A-5) .
a Remove
- the rear wheel arch liners (see Rear wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior
protection),
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A5) ,
REMOVAL
a Disconnect the R 319 connector.
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Position the vehicle on a two-post lift (see Vehicle:
Towing and lifting) (MR 392, 02A, Lifting equipment).
a Remove the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
a Switch off the ignition.
123662
a
WARNING
To prevent any risk of noise, premature wear,
short circuits, etc. after the refitting operation,
mark the wiring routing and how to connect the
connectors.
88A-155
WIRING HARNESS
Rear bumper wiring: Removal - Refitting
88A
a Remove the rear bumper wiring.
WARNING
To prevent any damage during the removal operation, check that the wiring is free from its mountings (retaining clip, plastic clip, adhesive tape,
connector, etc.).
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a If replacing with more wiring, lock the unused connectors (see Connectors: Sealing and immobilisation) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
115050
a Disconnect the connector (3) from the number plate
lights (1) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect the number plate light connectors.
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
REAR PROXIMITY RADAR
a Connect the proximity radar connectors.
a Clip the wiring onto the rear bumper.
WARNING
To prevent damage to the wiring harness when
refitting, observe the original routing.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear bumper (see Rear bumper: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior protection).
a Connect the R319 connector.
115050
a Refit:
a Disconnect the connector (4) from the rear proximity
sensors (2) .
- the rear lights on the wing (see 81A, Rear lighting,
Rear wing light: Removal - Refitting, page 81A5) ,
- the rear wheel arch liners (see Rear wheel arch
liner: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 55A, Exterior
protection).
a Unclip the rear bumper wiring.
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88A-156
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners: List and location of components
88C
I - LISTS OF COMPONENTS
109451
list of components
Pyrotechnic front seat belt inertia reels (5) .
Driver and passenger front airbags (1) .
B85 or C85 or K85
C85 or S85
Pyrotechnic rear seat belt inertia reels (6) .
Anti-submarining airbags located in the base of the
front seats (2) .
FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
Side curtain airbag. (7)
B85 or K85
Front buckle pretensioners located on the outside of
the seat (3) .
FRONT SIDE AIRBAG
Front chest-level side airbag located in the backrest of
the front seats (4) .
88C-1
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners: List and location of components
II - FRONTAL AIRBAGS
88C
Passenger frontal airbag (top of the range)
Driver's front airbag
112402
C85 or S85
Anti-submarining airbag
112382
Passenger frontal airbag (entry level)
113326
114732
88C-2
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners: List and location of components
88C
Airbag computer
FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
Curtain side airbag
113231
112452
III - LATERAL AIRBAGS
Side impact sensor
FRONT SIDE AIRBAG or FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
Frontal (thorax) side airbag
112455
112955
88C-3
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners: List and location of components
88C
IV - FRONT SEAT BELTS
C85 or S85
B85 or K85
Lower mounting
Adjustable upper mounting
113054
Front pyrotechnic inertia reel
112461
C85 or S85
Adjustable upper mounting
112454
113067
88C-4
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners: List and location of components
88C
V - REAR SEAT BELT
B85 or K85
B85 or C85 or K85
Lap belt pretensioner
Rear pyrotechnic inertia reel
112434
112413
88C-5
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the repair
88C
The pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners and airbags)
must be checked using the Diagnostic tool :
Equipment required
- after an accident,
Diagnostic tool
- after theft or attempted theft of the vehicle,
- before selling a used vehicle.
I - PRECAUTIONS FOR REPAIR
II - TRIGGERING OF THE SAFETY SYSTEMS
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
All operations on airbag and pretensioner systems
must be carried out by qualified trained personnel.
In order to prevent interference with the deployment
of the airbags:
The airbags have a pyrotechnic gas generator, with
an ignition module and bag which must not be separated.
- do not fit a cover to the front seats,
- do not place objects in the area of deployment.
The pretensioners have a pyrotechnic gas generator and an igniter which must, under no circumstances, be separated.
After detection of an impact, the airbag computer locks
definitively and the « airbag fault » warning light is illuminated on the instrument panel. The airbag computer
and the side impact sensors must always be replaced.
IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or naked
flame - they may be triggered.
IMPORTANT
To eliminate the risk of any accident, do not reuse
pyrotechnic components.
It is essential to destroy pretensioners or airbags
before scrapping a vehicle or a part only (see 88C,
Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction, page 88C-7) .
IMPORTANT
To prevent any accidental triggering whilst working
on or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or
pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
Diagnostic tool.
III - DURABILITY OF THE PYROTECHNIC
COMPONENTS
When this function is activated, all the trigger lines
are inhibited and the airbag warning light on the
instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition
on).
The precautions which recommended that pyrotechnic
components (airbags and pretensioners) were replaced 10 years after the registration of the vehicle
have now been lifted.
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbag and pretensioners).
Pyrotechnic components (airbags and pretensioners)
do not therefore require any maintenance.
When working underneath the vehicle (on the bodywork, sill panel, etc.) or for certain operations involving
removal or refitting of seat trims, it is essential to lock
the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool and to
disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To prevent the pyrotechnic components from being
permanently deactivated or triggered (airbags or
pretensioners), check the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool.
88C-6
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbags and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction
88C
Special tooling required
Ele. 1287
Note:
Tool for destroying airbags
and pretensioners.
Ele. 1287-02
Kit of 2 adapters for the airbag and pretensioner
destruction tool.
Ele. 1812
Kit of 2 adapters for the airbag and pretensioner
destruction tool.
If triggering is not possible (faulty ignition module)
return the part to Techline.
IMPORTANT
To avoid all risk of damage to the systems, apply
the safety and cleanliness instructions and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
IMPORTANT
To eliminate the risk of any accident, do not reuse
pyrotechnic components.
96832
It is essential to destroy pretensioners or airbags
before scrapping a vehicle or a part only.
a Always use the tool (Ele. 1287) and three kits of
adapters (Ele. 1287-02),and (Ele. 1812).
a Use a wiring connector kit 82 00 518 971.
WARNING
- Each part is intended for a specific vehicle type
and should not be fitted on another vehicle under
any circumstances. The parts are not interchangeable.
- Do not trigger pretensioners which are to be
returned under warranty because of a faulty stalk.
This makes analysis of the part by the supplier
impossible. Return the defective part to Techline in
the packaging of the new part.
a Attach the wiring connectors 82 00 518 971 to the
adapters (Ele. 1287-02) to obtain an adapter for
each colour (green, orange, blue, etc.) (see Wiring:
Repair) (Technical Note 6015A, 88A, Wiring).
a Use a battery to power the destruction tool.
I - AIRBAGS
a
Note:
The airbags must be destroyed outside the workshop, in an area with sufficient space.
WARNING
The airbags to be destroyed must be removed.
The destruction procedure cannot be carried out if
local regulations require a special procedure which
has been confirmed and published by the Fault finding, Repair and Procedures Department.
Note:
If the airbag has two levels of activation (i.e. it is
fitted with two connectors), destroy both connectors.
a Prepare the adapter corresponding to the airbag to
be destroyed.
88C-7
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbags and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction
88C
a Connect the two feed wires of the destruction tool
(Ele. 1287) to a battery.
a Connect:
- the adapter to the destruction tool (Ele. 1287),
- the adapter to the airbag.
IMPORTANT
To prevent any risk of an accident when destroying a pyrotechnic component, check that no-one
is in the vicinity.
a Destroy the airbag by pressing the two push buttons
on the tool simultaneously.
II - PYROTECHNIC PRETENSIONERS AND INERTIA
REELS
1 - Destruction of part fitted on the vehicle to be
scrapped:
a Move the vehicle outside the workshop.
a Mark the adapter corresponding to the pyrotechnic
component to be destroyed.
a Connect:
- the destruction tool (Ele. 1287) to the adapter,
- the adapter to the pyrotechnic component.
96834
a Unwind the tool wiring fully, so that you are far
enough away from the vehicle (approximately ten
metres) when the device is triggered.
a Put the airbag on two wooden blocks.
a Connect the two feed wires of the destruction tool
(Ele. 1287) to a battery.
IMPORTANT
To prevent any risk of an accident when destroying a pyrotechnic component, check that no-one
is in the vicinity.
a Destroy the pyrotechnic component by pressing the
two push buttons on the tool simultaneously.
2 - Destruction of part removed from the vehicle:
a Proceed in the same way as for an airbag (in a stack
of old tyres).
96835
a The destruction procedure is carried out in a stack of
old tyres.
a Make sure that the airbag deployment will not be
hindered.
a Unwind the full length of the wiring for the tool, in order to distance it as far away as possible from the
pyrotechnic component to be destroyed.
88C-8
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag computer: Removal - Refitting
88C
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
computer mounting nuts
8 Nm
IMPORTANT
To avoid any accidents, make sure you are aware of
all risks associated with this operation.
(see Airbags and pretensioners: Repair precautions).
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
109900
a
a Cut the carpet between the gear lever and the parking brake as shown in the illustration above.
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are blocked and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).
a Lock the airbag computer (see MR 394 Fault finding, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners, Fault finding - Replacement of components).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the centre console (see MR 393 Bodywork, 57A, Interior equipment, Centre console:
Removal - Refitting).
Note:
The seats and carpets do not have to be
removed to remove the computer.
112453
a Remove the protective housing from the computer
(1) .
88C-9
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Airbag computer: Removal - Refitting
112452
a Unclip the connector latch (2) .
88C
109900
a Attach the carpet at (4) with the clips (part number:
77 01 047 751).
a Disconnect the connector.
a Remove:
II - FINAL OPERATION.
- the mounting nuts (3) from the computer,
a Refit the centre console (see MR 393 Bodywork,
57A, Interior equipment, Centre console: Removal - Refitting).
- the computer.
REFITTING
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a If replacing the airbag computer, carry out the necessary operations using the Diagnostic tool (see
MR 394 Fault finding, 88C, Airbags and seat belt
pretensioners, Fault finding - Replacement of
components).
a Position the computer.
a Torque tighten the computer mounting nuts (8
Nm).
a Connect the connector.
IMPORTANT
a Replace the computer's protective housing with a
new one.
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
incorrect triggering of the airbags.
a If all is correct, unlock the airbag computer (see MR
394 Fault finding, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners, Fault finding - Replacement of components).
88C-10
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Inhibitor switch: Removal - Refitting
88C
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
REMOVAL
100267
a Remove the inhibitor switch on the side panel by
pressing on the clips (2) .
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
REFITTING
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel is continuously lit (with the
ignition on). Locking the airbag computer also
allows the electric steering column lock to be
unlocked.
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the switch onto the side panel.
a Connect the inhibitor switch.
a Clip on the side panel.
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
a Refit the door seal.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
IMPORTANT
Check the airbag computer with the diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
incorrect triggering of the airbags.
a If all is correct, unlock the airbag computer (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR
394, 88C, Airbags and seat belt pretensioners).
WARNING
The position of the inhibitor switch is only taken
into account if the ignition is switched off and the
computer is configured correctly.
112289
a Check:
a Partially remove the door seal.
- the operation of the switch,
a Unclip the side panel (1) .
- the « airbag OFF » warning light on the instrument
panel.
a Disconnect the connector.
88C-11
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Seat runner switch: Removal - Refitting
88C
a Make a note of the harness routing.
a Unclip the harness.
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
REFITTING
The driver's seat has a seat position sensor mounted
on the runner. This sensor causes the level of inflation
of the driver's frontal airbag to be adjusted (small or
large volume) according to the position of the seat on
the runner and the violence of the impact.
REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART CONCERNED
a Refit the harness.
a Check that the harness is in good condition.
REMOVAL
OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
113327
a The resistance of the seat position sensor can be
checked using the Diagnostic tool :
- seat forward: sensor resistance = 400 Ω
- seat back: sensor resistance = 100 Ω
Note:
The inflation volume of the passenger airbag
does not change with the position of the seat on
the runner.
Note:
The sensor is part of the seat wiring. If the position sensor malfunctions, replace the seat harness.
88C-12
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front lap belt pretensioner: Removal - Refitting
88C
B85 or K85
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
pretensioner mounting
bolt
35 Nm
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
109255
a Remove the cover (1) from the seat height adjustment lever.
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are blocked and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).
a
IMPORTANT
Handling pyrotechnic systems (airbags or pretensioners) near to a source of heat or flame is not
permitted: there is a risk of triggering the airbags
or pretensioners.
109256
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
a Remove:
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the complete seat (see Complete front
seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front
seat frames and runners).
88C-13
- the mounting bolts (2) from the height adjustment
handle,
- the height adjustment handle.
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front lap belt pretensioner: Removal - Refitting
88C
B85 or K85
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
109257
a Remove the mounting bolt (3) from the seat cover.
a Unclip the front section of the seat housing side panel (4) .
112434
a Disconnect the connector (5) .
a Remove:
- the mounting bolt (6) from the pretensioner,
- the pretensioner.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace the pretensioner bolt.
IMPORTANT
After a seat belt pyrotechnic component is triggered, it is essential to replace certain parts.
(see Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions
for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
109258
a Unclip the rear section of the seat cover.
a Disconnect the connectors.
a Remove the seat base cover.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the pretensioner.
a Torque tighten the pretensioner mounting bolt (35
Nm).
a Connect the pretensioner connector.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connector the connector to the seat cover.
88C-14
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front lap belt pretensioner: Removal - Refitting
B85 or K85
a Clip:
- the rear section of the seat cover,
- the front section of the seat cover.
a Refit:
- the seat cover mounting bolt,
- the seat height adjustment handle,
- the height adjustment handle mounting bolts,
- the height adjustment handle cover.
a Refit the front seat (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames
and runners).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
accidental triggering of the airbags.
a If all is correct, unlock the airbag computer (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR
394, 88C, Airbags and seat belt pretensioners).
IMPORTANT
Do not reuse the pyrotechnic components. The
pretensioners or airbags on a vehicle which is to
be scrapped must be destroyed.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
88C-15
88C
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front pyrotechnic inertia reel: Removal - Refitting
Equipment required
88C
B85 or K85
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
inertia reel mounting
bolt
23 Nm
seatbelt upper mounting bolt
23 Nm
seatbelt lower mounting
bolt
23 Nm
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
109299
a Detach the seat belt strap (1) by turning the screw
(one quarter of a turn).
a Remove the B-pillar lower trim (see B-pillar trim:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim).
REMOVAL
a Partially remove:
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
a
IMPORTANT
- the rear door sill lining (see Rear door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim).
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on
or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).
IMPORTANT
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or
naked flame - they may be triggered.
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(MR 394, 88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88C-16
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front pyrotechnic inertia reel: Removal - Refitting
88C
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
C85 or S85
B85 or K85
113054
a Remove the mounting bolt (2) .
a Withdraw the lower seat belt mounting bracket.
a Remove:
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the rear bench seat (see Single unit rear bench
seat base: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 76A,
Rear seat frames and runners),
112461
a Remove:
- the rear panel trim (see Rear panel lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim).
88C-17
- the blanking cover (3) ,
- the seat belt upper mounting.
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front pyrotechnic inertia reel: Removal - Refitting
88C
C85 or S85
112454
113067
a Remove:
a Always disconnect the connector (5) before removing the pyrotechnic inertia reel.
a Remove:
- the blanking cover (4) ,
- the mounting bolt (6) from the inertia reel,
- the seat belt upper mounting.
- the pyrotechnic inertia reel.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Always replace:
- the seat belt height adjustment mechanism.
- the reel mounting bolts.
a
IMPORTANT
After a seat belt pyrotechnic component is triggered, it is essential to replace certain parts.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and
pretensioners: Precautions for the repair, page
88C-6) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Replace the seat belt height adjustment mechanism
(see Seat height adjustment system: Removal Refitting) (MR393, 59A, Seat belt height adjustment
system).
a It is imperative to refit the seat belt inertia reel before
reconnecting the connector.
88C-18
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front pyrotechnic inertia reel: Removal - Refitting
a Torque tighten the inertia reel mounting bolt (23
Nm).
a Connect the inertia reel connector.
88C
a If all is correct, unlock the airbag computer using the
Diagnostic tool (see Fault finding - Replacement
of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags and seat
belt pretensioners).
a Torque tighten the seatbelt upper mounting bolt
(23 Nm).
IMPORTANT
To eliminate the risk of any accident, do not
reuse pyrotechnic components.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
It is essential to destroy pretensioners or airbags
before scrapping a vehicle or a part only.
B85 or K85
a Refit:
- the rear door sill lining (see Rear door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the B-pillar lower trim (see B-pillar trim: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
C85 or S85
a Refit:
- the rear panel trim (see Rear panel lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the rear bench seat (see Single unit rear bench
seat base: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 76A,
Rear seat frames and runners),
- the front door sill lining (see Front door sill lining:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal
trim),
- the seat belt lower mounting.
a Torque tighten the seatbelt lower mounting bolt
(23 Nm).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
88C-19
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Rear pyrotechnic inertia reel: Removal - Refitting
88C
B85 or C85 or K85
a Remove the rear bench seat (see Single unit rear
bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/3
and 2/3 rear bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 76A, Rear seat frames and runners).
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
B85 or K85
Tightening torquesm
inertia reel mounting
bolt
21 Nm
seat belt upper mounting bolt
21 Nm
seat belt lower mounting
bolt
21 Nm
a Remove the rear door sill upper lining (see Rear inner sill upper trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
C85
a Remove the rear wing panel trim (see Rear panel
lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body
internal trim).
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
a Remove the rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter
panel trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A,
Body internal trim).
REMOVAL
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel is lit continuously (ignition
on).
IMPORTANT
Handling pyrotechnic systems (airbags or pretensioners) near to a source of heat or flame is not
permitted: there is a risk of triggering the airbags
or pretensioners.
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
112550
a Remove the belt's lower mounting bolt.
88C-20
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Rear pyrotechnic inertia reel: Removal - Refitting
88C
B85 or C85 or K85
a Torque tighten the seat belt lower mounting bolt
(21 Nm).
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the rear quarter panel trim (see Quarter panel
trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
B85 or K85
a Refit the rear door sill upper lining (see Rear inner
sill upper trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393,
71A, Body internal trim).
C85
112413
a Remove the seat belt upper mounting bolt (1) .
a Disconnect the connector (2) from the pyrotechnic
inertia reel.
a Refit the rear wing panel trim (see Rear panel lining: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 71A, Body internal trim).
a Remove:
- the mounting bolt (3) from the inertia reel,
REFITTING
a Refit the rear bench seat (see Single unit rear
bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) or (see 1/3
and 2/3 rear bench seatback: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 76A, Rear seat frames and runners).
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
- the pyrotechnic inertia reel.
a Always replace the mounting bolt for the pyrotechnic
inertia reel.
IMPORTANT
a
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
accidental triggering of the airbags.
IMPORTANT
After a seat belt pyrotechnic component is triggered, it is essential to replace certain parts.
(see Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions
for repair) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a If all is correct, unlock the airbag computer (see
Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR
394, 88C, Airbags and seat belt pretensioners).
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
IMPORTANT
a Refit the reel.
a Torque tighten the inertia reel mounting bolt (21
Nm).
a Connect the inertia reel connector.
a Torque tighten the seat belt upper mounting bolt
(21 Nm).
88C-21
Do not reuse the pyrotechnic components. The
pretensioners or airbags on a vehicle which is to
be scrapped must be destroyed.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
116066
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the triggering
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel is continuously lit (ignition
on). Locking the airbag computer also unlocks
the steering column lock.
a Without removing it, unclip the airbag module partially at (1) then (2) without pressing on the steering
wheel switches.
IMPORTANT
The pyrotechnic systems (airbags and pretensioners) must not be exposed to a heat source or
naked flame when being handled; there is a risk
of triggering the airbags and pretensioners.
a Ensure that the vehicle wheels are set straight
ahead.
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
88C-22
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
107755
116066
a Insert a T-bar with an extension 8 mm in diameter
(e.g.: junior ratchet set, cylindrical tip) into the hole
(3) located behind the steering wheel (the seal must
be pierced the first time it is removed).
a Apply pressure (4) on the clip using the T-bar with
the extension, whilst slowly pulling the airbag module towards you (5) to unclip the lower section of the
airbag.
WARNING
To ensure the airbag is not damaged during
removal, do not use a tool with a point or a sharp
edge.
116066
a Unclip the airbag module connector at (6) and (7) .
88C-23
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
IMPORTANT
Always fit the airbag with the cushion facing
upwards.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATIONS OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
After a pyrotechnic component has been triggered, certain parts must be replaced (see 88C
Airbags and pretensioners, Airbags and pretensioners: Precautions during repair).
116061
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Connect:
- the earth terminal,
- the airbag module connectors.
101920
a Disconnect:
- the airbag module connectors by unclipping the
safety devices (8) ,
116061
- the earth terminal (9) .
a Refit the airbag module.
Note:
WARNING
The airbag has a connector which short circuits if
disconnected, to prevent accidental triggering.
a Remove the driver's front airbag.
It is essential to observe the wiring harness routing to prevent it being damaged during refitting.
a Clip the airbag module in place.
88C-24
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Driver's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
incorrect triggering of the airbags.
a Unlock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
IMPORTANT
Do not reuse the pyrotechnic components. The
pretensioners or airbags on a vehicle which is to
be scrapped must be destroyed.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
88C-25
88C
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Passenger's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
airbag module mounting bolts
6 Nm
module mounting bolts
on the pillar
8 Nm
IMPORTANT
112398
a Remove the bolts (1) attaching the airbag module to
the beam.
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a The passenger airbag is mounted beneath the dashboard facing the front passenger.
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel is continuously lit (with the
ignition on). Locking the airbag computer also
allows the electric steering column lock to be
unlocked.
101920
a Disconnect:
- the airbag module connectors by unclipping the
safety devices,
IMPORTANT
Handling pyrotechnic systems (airbags or pretensioners) near to a source of heat or flame is not
permitted: there is a risk of triggering the airbags
or pretensioners.
- the earth terminal.
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal
- Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
88C-26
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Passenger's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Replace the parts required, (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the repair, page 88C-6) .
IMPORTANT
When the passenger airbag module is triggered,
the consequent damage caused to the attachments always requires the dashboard to be
replaced. Do not forget to affix the label forbidding the installation of a rear-facing child seat on
the passenger seat to the side of the new dashboard.
112402
a Remove the bolts (2) attaching the airbag module to
the support.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
Note:
The airbag has a connector which short circuits if
it is disconnected to prevent accidental triggering.
a
IMPORTANT
Whenever the passenger airbag module is
removed, it is essential to replace the nuts or
bolts that hold the module to the dashboard with
new ones.
Note:
Depending on the vehicle's equipment level, the
airbag module may be attached to the top of the
dashboard with clips (entry level version).
a Torque tighten the airbag module mounting bolts
(6 Nm).
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the dashboard (see Dashboard: Removal Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
a Torque tighten the module mounting bolts on the
pillar (8 Nm).
a Connect:
- the earth terminal,
- the airbag module connectors.
a Check that the connectors are locked correctly.
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
114732
a Move the airbag module support (3) to detach clips
(4) .
a Remove the support module.
88C-27
IMPORTANT
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
incorrect triggering of the airbags.
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Passenger's frontal airbag: Removal - Refitting
a Unlock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
IMPORTANT
Do not reuse the pyrotechnic components. The
pretensioners or airbags on a vehicle which is to
be scrapped must be destroyed.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
88C-28
88C
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front (chest-level) side airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
The front chest level side air bag is mounted on the
back of each front seat at the door side.
When it inflates, the airbag tears open the cover of the
module and the foam and unclips the seat cover.
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
REMOVAL
112955
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the triggering
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel is continuously lit (ignition
on). Locking the airbag computer also unlocks
the steering column lock.
IMPORTANT
The pyrotechnic systems (airbags and pretensioners) must not be exposed to a heat source or
naked flame when being handled; there is a risk
of triggering the airbags and pretensioners.
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
101920
a Disconnect:
- the airbag module connector by unclipping the
safety device (1) ,
a Remove:
- the earth terminal.
- the seat (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames and runners),
a Remove:
- the mounting rivet (2) ,
- the seatback trim (see Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 77A, Front seat trim).
88C-29
- the airbag module.
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Front (chest-level) side airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
a Unlock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a Replace the parts required (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the repair, page 88C-6) .
IMPORTANT
Do not reuse the pyrotechnic components. The
pretensioners or airbags on a vehicle which is to
be scrapped must be destroyed.
IMPORTANT
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
Every time a side thorax airbag is removed it
must be replaced.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit a new front side thorax airbag onto the seatback frame.
a Attach the airbag to the frame with a rivet (part number: 77 01 060 538).
a Connect:
- the earth terminal,
- the airbag module connector.
a Check that the connector is locked correctly.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Recover the backrest observing the recommendations (see Front seatback trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 77A, Front seat trim).
a Refit the seat to the vehicle (see Complete front
seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front
seat frames and runners).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
incorrect triggering of the airbags.
88C-30
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Side curtain airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
side curtain
mountings
airbag
8 Nm
The curtain airbag is mounted behind the headlining
and the quarter panel trim.
The airbag detaches the headlining when it inflates.
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
113229
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on
or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
diagnostic tool.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).
IMPORTANT
101920
Never handle the pyrotechnic systems (pretensioners or airbags) near to a source of heat or
naked flame - they may be triggered.
a Disconnect the airbag connector by unclipping the
safety (1) .
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Remove the mounting bolts (2) from the airbag module.
a Remove the rear retaining pin (3) .
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
88C-31
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Side curtain airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
113231
113232
a Remove the front retaining pin (4) .
109979
a The curtain section is clipped to the body at several
points.
a Remove clips (5) .
a Remove the curtain airbag.
REFITTING
I - REFITTING PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
After a seat belt pyrotechnic component is triggered, it is essential to replace certain parts.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag
and pretensioners: Precautions for the repair,
page 88C-6) .
IMPORTANT
In order to ensure the side curtain airbag clips
hold, never refit a side curtain airbag which has
been removed.
88C-32
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Side curtain airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
a Always replace the side curtain airbag.
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Fit the new side curtain airbag without tightening the
mountings.
113229
a Torque tighten the side curtain airbag mountings
(8 Nm) (9) .
a Connect the side curtain airbag connector (10) ,
checking that it is correctly locked.
113229
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Fit all the clips, working from the rear of the vehicle
to the front.
a Refit the headlining (see Headlining: Removal Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Fit the rear retaining pin (7) .
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
IMPORTANT
To eliminate the risk of any accident, do not
reuse pyrotechnic components.
It is essential to destroy pretensioners or airbags
before scrapping a vehicle or a part only.
113232
a Fit the front retaining pin (8) .
88C-33
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Anti-submarining airbag: Removal - Refitting
88C
C85
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
anti-submarining airbag
mounting bolts
21 Nm
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
113326
a Disconnect:
- the airbag module connector (1) ,
- the earth terminal (2) .
REMOVAL
a Remove the airbag module mounting bolts (3) .
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a
IMPORTANT
It is essential to lock the airbag computer using
the Diagnostic tool before starting the removal.
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel is continuously lit (with the
ignition on).
IMPORTANT
Handling pyrotechnic systems (airbags or pretensioners) near to a source of heat or flame is not
permitted: there is a risk of triggering the airbags
or pretensioners.
112937
a Remove:
- the airbag module (4) mounting bolts,
- the airbag module.
a Lock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
REFITTING
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove:
- the seat (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames and runners),
- the seat base trim (see Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 77A, Front seat trim).
a Replace the parts required (see 88C, Air bag and
Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the repair, page 88C-6) .
II - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Refit the anti-submarining airbag.
88C-34
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Anti-submarining airbag: Removal - Refitting
C85
a Torque tighten the anti-submarining airbag
mounting bolts (21 Nm) starting with bolts (3) and
(4) .
a Connect:
- the earth terminal,
- the airbag module connector, checking that it is
locked correctly.
III - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit:
- the seat base trim (see Front seat base trim: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 77A, Front seat trim),
- the seat (see Complete front seat: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 75A, Front seat frames and runners).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
Check the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool. Any failure to follow these instructions may
lead to system malfunctions, or even result in the
incorrect triggering of the airbags.
a Unlock the airbag computer (see Fault finding - Replacement of components)(MR 394, 88C, Airbags
and seat belt pretensioners).
IMPORTANT
Do not reuse the pyrotechnic components. The
pretensioners or airbags on a vehicle which is to
be scrapped must be destroyed.
(see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbags
and pretensioners: Recycling - Destruction,
page 88C-7) .
88C-35
88C
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Side impact sensor: Removal - Refitting
88C
FRONT SIDE AIRBAG or FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
Equipment required
Diagnostic tool
Tightening torquesm
side impact sensor bolt
8 Nm
IMPORTANT
Consult the safety and cleanliness advice and operation recommendations before carrying out any
repair (see 88C, Air bag and Pretensioners, Airbag and pretensioners: Precautions for the
repair, page 88C-6) .
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
112455
a
a Disconnect the connector.
IMPORTANT
a Undo the sensor bolt (1) .
To avoid any risk of triggering when working on
or near a pyrotechnic component (airbags or pretensioners), lock the airbag computer using the
diagnostic tool.
a Remove the sensor.
REFITTING
When this function is activated, all the trigger
lines are inhibited and the airbag warning light on
the instrument panel lights up continuously (ignition on).
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Always replace the side impact sensors.
a Lock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic tool
(see Fault finding - Replacement of components)
(88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
a Disconnect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery:
Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
a Remove the lower B-pillar trim (see B-pillar trim:
Removal - Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
88C-36
AIR BAG AND PRETENSIONERS
Side impact sensor: Removal - Refitting
FRONT SIDE AIRBAG or FRONT SIDE + CURTAIN AIRBAG
108329
a Position the sensor using its positioning pin (2) .
a Torque tighten the side impact sensor bolt (8 Nm).
a Connect the connector.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the B-pillar trim (see B-pillar trim: Removal Refitting) (71A, Body internal trim).
a Connect the battery (see 80A, Battery, Battery: Removal - Refitting, page 80A-1) .
IMPORTANT
To avoid a fault with or even triggering of pyrotechnic components (airbags or pretensioners),
check the airbag computer using the diagnostic
tool.
a Unlock the airbag computer using the Diagnostic
tool (see Fault finding - Replacement of components) (88C, Airbags and pretensioners).
Note:
These sensors do not require programming with
the Diagnostic tool.
88C-37
88C
DRIVER'S POSITION
Cigarette lighter: Removal - Refitting
88D
WITH SMOKING ACCESSORIES
REMOVAL
I - REMOVAL PREPARATION OPERATION
a Remove the centre console (see Centre console:
Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
II - OPERATION FOR REMOVAL OF PART
CONCERNED
107727
a Keep the plastic support unlocked at (4) .
a Pull the cigarette lighter support at (5) .
a Unclip the plastic support from the console.
REFITTING
107726
a Unclip the bulb holder using a flat-blade screwdriver
at (1) and (2) .
a Remove the cigarette lighter (3) .
I - REFITTING OPERATION FOR PART
CONCERNED
a Clip the plastic support into the console.
a Refit the cigarette lighter support.
a Refit the cigarette lighter.
a Clip the bulb support onto the cigarette lighter.
II - FINAL OPERATION.
a Refit the centre console (see Centre console: Removal - Refitting) (MR 393, 57A, Interior equipment).
88D-1